292
University of Huddersfield Repository Barlow, Nichola Nurses contribution to the resolution of ethical dilemmas in context Original Citation Barlow, Nichola (2014) Nurses contribution to the resolution of ethical dilemmas in context. Doctoral thesis, University of Huddersfield. This version is available at http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/id/eprint/23633/ The University Repository is a digital collection of the research output of the University, available on Open Access. Copyright and Moral Rights for the items on this site are retained by the individual author and/or other copyright owners. Users may access full items free of charge; copies of full text items generally can be reproduced, displayed or performed and given to third parties in any format or medium for personal research or study, educational or not-for-profit purposes without prior permission or charge, provided: The authors, title and full bibliographic details is credited in any copy; A hyperlink and/or URL is included for the original metadata page; and The content is not changed in any way. For more information, including our policy and submission procedure, please contact the Repository Team at: [email protected]. http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/

University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    0

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

University of Huddersfield Repository

Barlow, Nichola

Nurses contribution to the resolution of ethical dilemmas in context

Original Citation

Barlow, Nichola (2014) Nurses contribution to the resolution of ethical dilemmas in context. Doctoral thesis, University of Huddersfield. 

This version is available at http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/id/eprint/23633/

The University Repository is a digital collection of the research output of theUniversity, available on Open Access. Copyright and Moral Rights for the itemson this site are retained by the individual author and/or other copyright owners.Users may access full items free of charge; copies of full text items generallycan be reproduced, displayed or performed and given to third parties in anyformat or medium for personal research or study, educational or not­for­profitpurposes without prior permission or charge, provided:

• The authors, title and full bibliographic details is credited in any copy;• A hyperlink and/or URL is included for the original metadata page; and• The content is not changed in any way.

For more information, including our policy and submission procedure, pleasecontact the Repository Team at: [email protected].

http://eprints.hud.ac.uk/

Page 2: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

1

NURSES CONTRIBUTION TO THE RESOLUTION OF

ETHICAL DILEMMAS IN CONTEXT

Nichola Ann Barlow

A thesis submitted to the University of Huddersfield

in partial fulfilment of the requirements for

the degree of Doctor of Philosophy

The University of Huddersfield

November 2014

Page 3: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

2

Abstract

Background: New nursing roles and advances in care and treatments have resulted

in nurses facing increasingly complex ethical dilemmas in practice; nurses are

therefore required to engage effectively in ethical decision-making.

Prior to commencing this empirical study a literature review was undertaken, the

databases CINAHL, Science Direct, Medline, Web of Science and British Nursing

Index were searched. Peer reviewed papers were systematically reviewed.

Emerging themes were moral distress, codes of ethics, conflict within ethical

decision-making and policy. The literature included international studies and

indicated that ethical decision making is a concern amongst nurses globally.

Aim: To identify how nurses contribute to the resolution of ethical dilemmas in

practice.

Method: An Interpretive Qualitative study was undertaken, between March and

December 2012, using a flexible approach to analysis. The National Research

Ethics Committee provided Ethical approval. Eleven registered nurses were

interviewed using semi-structured interview, focusing on how participants addressed

ethical dilemmas in practice. In-depth thematic and content analysis of the data was

undertaken. The relatively small, single site sample may not account for the affects

of organisational culture on the results.

Results: Four major themes emerged: ‘Best for the patient’, ‘Accountability’,

‘collaboration’ and ‘policy’. In addition professional relationships were identified as

key to resolving ethical dilemmas. Moral distress was evident in the data as

identified in the literature, and reflects the emotional labour nurses’ experience. Discussion: Support is required for nurses to acquire the skills to develop and

maintain professional relationships for addressing ethical dilemmas in practice.

Nurses require strategies to address the negative impact of moral distress.

Conclusion: Nurses’ professional relationships are central to nurses’ contributions

to the resolution of ethical dilemmas.

Recommendations: Research is required to explore this phenomenon in other

geographical areas and professional settings. Nurses need to engage with political

and organisational macro and micro decision making. Further research is required to

establish how nurses can manage moral residue and minimise the negative impact

of moral distress.

Page 4: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

3

Acknowledgements

Thank you to my Director of Studies, Professor Janet Hargreaves, and

Academic Supervisor, Dr Warren Gillibrand, for their continued advice,

support and enthusiasm which sustained my motivation throughout the time

this has taken.

Thank to my friends and colleagues for their support without which I would not

have completed this thesis

Thank you to my family for their understanding and believing in me.

Page 5: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

4

Contents

Abstract page 2

Acknowledgements Page 3

Contents Page 4

Tables and figure Page 7

Appendices Page 8

Page 6: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

5

Section I

Chapter 1 - Background

1.0 Introduction Page 10

1.1 Context Page 13

1.2 Background page 15

1.3 Theoretical Framework page 20

1.4 Summary page 36

Chapter 2 –Literature review

2.0 Literature review Page 39

2.1 Search strategy Page 39

2.2 Critique Page 41

2.3 Results Page 42

2.4 Conclusion Page 61

2.5 The aim of the study Page 64

Chapter 3 – Study design

3.0 Study Design Page 66

3.1 Data collection Page 66

3.2 Pilot Study Page 67

3.3 Main study Page 72

Page 7: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

6

Section II

Chapter 4 - Results

4.0 Results of the thematic analysis Page 87

4.1 participant profile Page 87

4.2 Results of the thematic analysis Page 87

Chapter 5 - Best for the patient

5.0 Best for the patient Page 92

5.1 Advocacy Page 93

5.2 Standard of care Page 100

5.3 Conclusion Page 108

Chapter 6 - Accountability

6.0 Accountability Page 109

6.1 Autonomy Page 113

6.2 Conclusion Page 122

Chapter 7 - Collaboration and conflict

7.0 Collaboration and conflict Page 124

7.1 Collaboration Page 124

7.2 Conflict Page 134

8.3 Conclusion Page 141

Chapter 8 - Concern for others

8.0 Concern for others Page 144

Page 8: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

7

Section III

Chapter 9 - Case study

9.0 Case study Page 152

9.1 Reconceptualised theoretical framework Page 154

9.2Conclusion Page 167

Chapter 10 – Discussion

10 .0discussion Page 169

10.1 ethical dilemmas Page 169

10.2 The context Page 170

10.3 Moral Reasoning Page179

10.4 Ethical Decision-making Page 185

10.5 Moral Action Page 188

10.6 Moral Residue Page 196

10.7 Conclusion Page 201

Chapter 11 - Conclusion

11.0 Introduction Page 203

11.1 Contribution to nursing knowledge Page 205

11.2 Limitations of the study Page 207

11.3 Recommendations Page 208

11.4 Dissemination of the results Page 211

11.5 Reflection Page 212

11.6 Summary Page 225

Reference list Page 228

Page 9: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

8

Contents

Tables

Table 1 Participant profile Page 75

Table 2 Themes from the thematic analysis Page 89

Figures

Figure 1 Theoretical framework Page 38

Figure 2 Reconceptualised theoretical framework Page 154

Page 10: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

9

Appendix

Appendix 1: Table of selected literature (background) Page 243

Appendix 2 : Table of selected literature (Literature review) Page 247

Appendix 3: Review framework proforma Page 252

Appendix 4: Participant Information sheet (pilot study) Page 255

Appendix 5: Participant Consent form (pilot study) Page 257

Appendix 6: Participant Information sheet Page 261

Appendix 7: Participant Consent form Page 263

Appendix 8: European Doctorate Students Research Conference,

Abstract and PowerPoint presentation Page 264

Appendix 9: Undergraduate student research conference

PowerPoint presentation. Page 276

Page 11: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

10

Chapter 1: Introduction

1. Introduction

This exploratory study investigates the contribution British nurses make to the

resolution of ethical dilemmas within the secondary care context. A registered nurse,

referred to within this thesis as the nurse, from any field, is one who is currently

registered with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC), from any part of the

register, and, for this study, employed within secondary care provision and working

within the requirements of that registration. Throughout this paper the term nursing

practice will be used to refer to this context.

Decision making is an essential part of the nurse’s role (NMC, 2008); because

nurses are required to advocate for patients (NMC, 2008) this can lead to ethical

dilemmas and conflict with others involved in their care (Oberle and Hughes, 2001).

It is therefore important that nurses are able to justify their contribution to the

decisions made. However, whilst the decisions nurses make may be reflected upon

it is the values used to make these decisions which are often overlooked (Harris,

1985). The contributions that nurses make and the values on which such

contributions are based are the focus of this exploratory investigation.

The overall aim of the research is thus to identify the values, beliefs and contextual

influences that inform decision making and the contribution made by registered

nurses in achieving the resolution of ethical dilemmas in nursing practice. This

chapter will outline the structure of the thesis, locate the context in which it takes

place and present a theoretical framework to guide development of ethical decision

making.

Page 12: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

11

Chapter 2 presents the results of the review of the literature, which identified four

themes: the role of ethical codes; the importance of policy; ‘moral distress’; and

conflict. In light of the study findings further literature has been reviewed to include

collaborative working, professionalism, advocacy and accountability and the impact

of both policy and organisational culture. This additional literature is included in the

Findings and Discussion chapters.

In order to address the aim of the research a qualitative approach was selected,

enabling the collection of rich, in depth data. Chapter 3 presents and justifies this

approach. A pilot study was conducted to determine the most appropriate data

collection method; because the select approach has proved to be an appropriate

choice the pilot data have been included in the analysis.

The transcripts of all the participants’ interviews underwent a content and

interactional analysis to identify contextual influences on the nurses’ contributions to

the resolution of ethical dilemmas. Four key themes: Best for the Patient;

Accountability; Collaboration and Conflict; and Concern for Others emerged and are

explored in detail in Chapters 4 – 8.

Chapter 9 presents a case study from ‘Charlie’, which critiques the theoretical

framework. A re-conceptualisation emerges, with the addition of relationships as

central to ethical decision making and the resolution of ethical dilemmas.

Page 13: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

12

Chapter 10 explores the elements of the relationships that the data have identified as

central to the effective resolution of ethical dilemmas in nursing practice, in an

attempt to define what effective resolution might be. These findings appear to

endorse virtue ethics as central to understanding relationships and to add to our

understanding of their application in practice. Furthermore, moral distress emerges

as a consequence of ethical decision making and as an integral aspect of

relationship building in nursing.

Finally, Chapter 11 reprises the thesis and offers recommendations for further

research for nursing practice.

The discussion of the findings will argue that nurses do contribute to the resolution of

ethical dilemmas and that the nursing values they hold are influenced by their

personal, professional and cultural values. Perhaps more importantly, nurses’

values and beliefs are influenced by their professional experiences and the findings

indicate a strongly held conviction that nurses have a shared belief and value

system. The key to achieving moral action is through the relationships that nurses

negotiate and maintain with patients, their families and other health and social care

professionals. These relationships help nurses to understand the perspectives of the

patients and others on whom decisions will impact, thus enabling the moral actions

identified as best for the patients. Taking responsibility for decision making in this

situation and attempting to resolve ethical dilemmas contributed to the moral distress

that the nurses articulated in their narrative accounts.

Page 14: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

13

1.1 The context in which nurses contribute to the resolution of ethical

dilemmas

The secondary care setting was selected for investigation as the context of this

setting, and the role nurses play within it, has changed significantly. Over the last

two decades demand for treatment and the options available have increased (Storch

et al., 2004). Policy directives, which include Our Health, Our Care, Our Say (DH,

2006) and the Expert Patient Programme (DH, 2001) have led to changing

expectations from patients who now recognise the importance of negotiated care

packages and of treatment options. The introduction of Foundation Trusts and

private health care companies now eligible to provide National Health Service (NHS)

funded care has influenced changes in care provision across this sector (DH, 2008).

These changes have resulted in role development for nurses (DH, 2005; 2008) and

new dilemmas to face (Storch et al., 2004).

Changes to the role of the nurse and the challenges faced by nurses have been

seen as so fundamental that they contribute to the changes in nurses’ preparation for

professional practice (Ramprogus, 1995; NMC, 2004; NMC, 2010a). Many of these

changes have been driven by government policy, which in turn has been informed by

public and patient expectations. For example, in the early days of nursing emphasis

was frequently put on a person’s character. These characteristics would include

patience, obedience, devotion and kindness (Storch el al., 2004). These authors

also suggest that the context in which people were cared for in the 1930s and 40s

began to change, shifting care delivery to hospitals rather than in people’s own

homes. Thus, prior to and at the time of the inception of the NHS, the role of the

nurse was viewed predominantly as to assist the doctor, obey (his) orders and

Page 15: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

14

provide for patients’ personal nutritional needs (Pugh, 1944). In contrast to this,

nurses are now increasingly expected to be autonomous and to challenge doctors

when appropriate (NMC, 2008).

In addition, because of the fundamental changes to the health care system, nurses’

roles have become increasingly diverse (Storch et al., 2004). Nurses are now

required to manage complex nursing interventions, some of which had previously

been undertaken by medical staff (Torjuul and Sørlie, 2006). Nurses are becoming

autonomous, independent practitioners and, as a result, are faced with increasingly

complex decisions which require sensitivity, moral reasoning and clear, justifiable,

ethical decision-making (Storch et al., 2004). These changes in the nurse’s role

coincided with the move of nurse education into Higher Education institutions,

commencing with Project 2000 (Ramprogus, 1995) and, .more recently, the move to

an all graduate profession (NMC, 2004; 2010a).

The move to an all graduate profession recognises that importance be placed on the

nurse’s ability to think critically (Standing, 2011). Critical analysis of the situation and

critical thinking are required in order to make appropriate decisions about patient

care, service delivery and organisational policies and procedures (Standing, 2011).

The current position requires nurses to meet the needs of patients and the

expectations of patients’ families and to work in line with evidence-based practice

and government policy, ensuring that high quality care is delivered within current

resource levels (Jenkin and Millward, 2006). It is suggested here that it is these

competing demands that result in complex ethical decisions, which registered nurses

are expected to address effectively, not only by the public and the organisation but

Page 16: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

15

also by their professional body. Investigation into incidences where care has broken

down and standards of care have fallen below the standards expected by patients

and their relatives and those set for the NHS has resulted in nursing being

scrutinised and the Chief Nursing Officer for England, Jane Cummings, calling for

nurses to be caring, compassionate, competent, courageous, to communicate

effectively and be committed to foster a service with compassion at the centre

(Commissioning Board Chief Nursing Officer and DH Chief Nursing Adviser, 2012).

The adoption of these ‘6 Cs’ indicates that personal characteristics are once again

viewed by patients and policy makers as important when selecting individuals for

nurse training and that their importance is equal to that of knowledge and clinical

skills in the perception of a “good” nurse. The moral character of the nurse has

never, in recent times, been more scrutinised.

1.2 Background: Ethical decision making in nursing

Definitions of nursing identify the importance of ethical values and the professional

relationships nurses have with patients and other health care professionals (Royal

College of Nursing, 2003). Within the UK nursing is bound by its Code of Conduct

(NMC, 2008), in which nurses are accountable for their actions and therefore need to

be able to justify their decisions. Seedhouse (1998), amongst others, has suggested

that nurses’ accountability may be viewed as a moral venture and, therefore, morally

special. This suggests that those who choose to work for health care pledge to a

powerful set of moral obligations.

Page 17: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

16

The terms “ethics” and “morals” are used interchangeably by some authors (Singer,

1993; Banks and Gallagher, 2009). Clear distinction between moral reasoning and

ethical decision making is made by Seedhouse (1998) who refers to moral reasoning

and ethical action. Hawley (2007) describes ethics as the study of moral behaviour

and moral behaviour as that which is good or bad, right or wrong; almost the

opposite to Seedhouse (1998). Others also make a distinction between morals and

ethics, suggesting that ethical action is underpinned by moral values (Tong, 1997;

Johnstone, 1999; Fry and Johnstone, 2002).

Whilst acknowledging this divergence of views within the literature, the theoretical

framework in Section 1.3 presents moral reasoning and ethical decision making as

distinctly different and as the first two stages of a three stage model. The term moral

reasoning is used to refer to the reasoning that is undertaken based on personal and

professional beliefs and values. Ethical decision making refers to the aspects of the

decision making that can be seen to be underpinned by ethical principles and

theories. The final third stage of the framework is moral action; this is the behaviour

and actions, informed by both moral reasoning and ethical decision making,

undertaken by the nurse. All cultural groups have a set of moral values and beliefs

which influence their choices and behaviour; these choices and behaviours are

subject to ongoing revision and refinement (Carter and Klugman, 2001; Banks and

Gallagher, 2009). Ethics is viewed as the reflective process within which this group's

choices, based upon their values and beliefs, are systematically appraised using

ethical principles and rules (Carter and Klugman, 2001).

Page 18: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

17

Harris (1985) has suggested that it is through concern and care for others, including

efforts which people are willing to make in providing care, that the value placed upon

their lives and the respect for them as individuals is demonstrated. Where

differences occur in the ability or willingness to provide care, or the failure to meet

the expectations of those involved occurs, a dilemma may arise (Seedhouse, 1998).

Harris (1985) further states that nurses need to address these ethical dilemmas,

claiming that judgments are based on beliefs and values and, whilst the decisions

made to resolve ethical dilemmas are often examined, rarely are the beliefs and

values underpinning the decision examined in the same way.

Within current health care practice ethical dilemmas [which are defined in Section

1.3a] not only occur when the nurse is faced with extraordinary situations but, more

commonly, in day to day practice, which includes challenging decisions regarding

new treatment options and the appropriateness of treatment (Storch et al., 2004).

The increasing number of complex and expensive options at the disposal of health

care professionals, resulting from technical developments, has increased the

frequency and emphasis of these decisions (Bunch, 2002; Aroskar et al., 2004;

Storch et al., 2004; Hugman, 2005).

There is a requirement placed on the health care team to consider the person at the

centre of care provided, whilst considering broader issues associated with the

availability of resources within organisational and political objectives (Padgett, 1998;

Chambliss, 1996; Storch et al., 2004). As members of the health care team nurses

need to behave in an ethical manner, considering the professional relationships they

build with others in the course of their nursing practice (Chadwick and Tadd, 1992).

Page 19: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

18

The nurse-patient relationship, as defined in The Code: Standards of conduct,

performance and ethics for nurses and midwives (NMC, 2008), places an obligation

on the UK nurse to act as advocate and to do what is best for the patient. This

obligation in itself may result in conflict, as what the patient believes is ’best’ and in

line with his or her wishes may conflict with the opinions of others (Fry and

Johnstone, 2002). Johnson (1997) identified how the imbalance of power between

nurses and patients can result in patients having to conform to treatment regimens.

In addition, in order for the nurse to undertake the role of patient advocate

effectively, the relationships nurses have with other health care professionals and

patients’ relatives are vitally important (Hawley, 2007).

Professional relationships between nurses and doctors have undergone significant

change over the past 20 years, with nurses increasingly involved in decision making,

managing care and delegation of parts of that care (DH, 2011). This brings both

opportunities and challenges and, with the publication of Modernising Nursing

Careers by the Department of Health in 2011, a number of initiatives were introduced

including a ‘Nurse Leadership’ initiative, the ‘Flying Start’ programme improving

preceptorship for newly qualified nurses. New nursing roles include specialist

nurses, consultant nurses and nurse practitioners, who now make decisions about

treatments which may have previously been addressed by the doctor whose care the

patient was deemed to be under. The changes in these roles have occurred in

response to the needs of those accessing health and social care services,

underpinned by government policy (DH, 2000; 2006; Darzi, 2008).

Page 20: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

19

Judgement and decision making are also important aspects of nursing practice, as is

the resolution of ethical dilemmas which requires the ability to weigh the options in

order to identify the appropriate course of action (Thompson and Downing, 2002).

Evidence based practice (EBP) has become an important part of clinical decision-

making; however, it can be argued that EBP alone fails to recognise the values of

the patients and their families in the decision making process. This is particularly

important when promoting patient autonomy and in recognising the unique nature of

each person, their diagnosis and the potential for intervention (Martin, 2004). It is

important, therefore, when making clinical decisions, that moral reasoning and

ethical decision making are included rather than relying entirely on science (Martin,

2004).

Ethical decision making in nursing practice has been informed and underpinned by

medical and bio-ethical approaches (Chambliss, 1996; Storch et al., 2004). These

are discussed in more detail below. They include deontological and consequential

theories that may be characterised as rule-based or act-centred as well as virtue

ethics and the ethic of care, which have been advocated within nursing practice and

nurse education and may be considered to reflect a more person oriented, agent

centred approach (Johnson, 1997; Gilligan 1982; Armstrong, 2007).

Gilligan (1982), Johnson (1997) and, more recently, Armstrong (2007) highlight the

limitations of obligation or rule-based approaches to moral reasoning and ethical

decision making in the context of nursing practice, arguing that these approaches

are inadequate in their failure to recognise the importance of emotion in moral

reasoning. The development of an individual nurse’s reasoned decision making and

Page 21: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

20

the accomplishment of competence through the various stages of their professional

development are also recognised as important to this decision making process

(Benner, 1984, Carter and Klugman, 2001). However, it is the relationships that

nurses have, as students with their mentors and, later, with a preceptor, that can

influence their development as competent nurses and maintain their ability to care

(Smith, 2012).

1.3 Theoretical framework

Nurses who are required to maintain moral and ethical standards in practice find that

they are increasingly restrained by the clinical and caring environments within which

they work (Redman and Fry, 2000). To participate effectively in working for health

as a moral venture, nurses require moral sensitivity, moral reasoning skills and the

ability to recognise a moral issue in a given situation, which results in the need for

ethical decision making to inform moral action (Harris, 1985; Seedhouse, 1998;

Johnstone, 1999).

This staged approach to decision making is illustrated in the theoretical framework

developed for this study [see Figure 1] which recognises that ethical dilemmas occur

within the context of nursing practice and suggests that it is a person’s moral

conscience that alerts them to the fact that things are not necessarily ‘right’ (Hawley,

2007). It is this moral conscience, informed by the beliefs and values held by the

individual, that informs initial expectations (Hawley, 2007). Moral conscience is also

described as moral sensitivity, which is guided by feelings of compassion, sympathy

and concern of one for another (Storch et al., 2004). However, these authors also

Page 22: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

21

argue that moral sensitivity requires cognitive and imaginative skill in order to apply

moral theories to a given situation.

Registered nurses are both accountable for their actions and have an obligation to

advocate for those to whom they have a duty of care (NMC, 2008). In order to meet

these requirements it is suggested, in this theoretical framework, that some or all of

the ethical approaches to decision making, moral action and the resolution of

dilemmas recognised throughout the health care literature may be used to explain

how nurses respond and to justify their actions.

Through systematic searching of the current literature studies and debates were

identified as pertinent to the background and development of the theoretical

framework and are detailed in Appendix 1. Sections 1.3a–d below outline the stages

of this framework.

1.3a Ethical dilemmas

Some research investigating ethical dilemmas fails to present a working definition of

an ethical dilemma, for which there may be valid reasons. [ some authors, , justify

this omission in their published articles (Oberle and Hughes, 2001; Aroskar et al.,

2004; Dierckx de Casterle et al., 2004; Hurst et al., 2005). Authors who do provide

definitions of an ethical dilemma include Beauchamp and Childress (2001) and

Hamric et al., (2000), explaining that an ethical dilemma occurs when a given

situation has two or more conflicting moral principles. This is further developed to

include the recognition that, when addressing the dilemma, the available alternatives

Page 23: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

22

appear to be equally undesirable and the correct course of action unclear

(Noureddine, 2001).

In nursing practice ethical dilemmas occur in situations where the beliefs and values

of the patient, their relatives and/or the nurses and the organisational objectives may

conflict in some way (Kain, 2007). This may result in differing expectations which

inform the action taken by the health care team. Storch et al. (2004) identified that

the ethical dilemmas that nurses are required to address within their practice are

becoming distinctly different to those traditionally addressed by physicians in relation

to medical ethical dilemmas. As such, these dilemmas may not be adequately

addressed through the bio-ethical approach traditionally used in medicine (Storch et

al., 2004). This is because the nurse’s role extends beyond the medical perspective

of treatment and cure; nurses are required to meet the full diversity of patient need.

Through the development of holistic relationships (Tschudin, 1999) and providing

person centred care for patients (Kitson, 2004), nurses strive to meet the diversity of

patient needs (Storch et al., 2004). It may be argued that nursing ethics is now

developing as a distinct approach, separate but influenced by medical ethics, to

reflect the different mandates to care held by each profession (Chambliss, 1996;

Storch et al., 2004).

Ethical dilemmas in nursing often arise from the same issues faced by other health

care professionals. The difference is that the engagement the nurse has with the

patient and their family is continuous throughout the episode of poor health which

may have resulted in the dilemma (Chambliss, 1996). This continuous contact

facilitates the development of therapeutic relationships (Kitson, 2004). For nurses,

Page 24: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

23

as for other health care professionals, the context in which they work has changed.

Because the role the nurse undertakes, in many cases, is a co-ordinating role for

care provision and forms the link between the patient, the family and other health

care professionals, the nurse often has a unique overview of the issues involved

(Storch et al., 2004).

Ethical dilemmas in health care take many forms. These include the big questions,

for example resuscitation orders (Herbert, 1997); issues around care of the dying,

withdrawal of and/or withholding treatment (Elger and Harding, 2002); the provision

of futile treatment (Hurst et al., 2005; Clará et al., 2006); and organ donation (Bunch,

2002). However, of equal importance are the smaller questions that impact on the

daily work of nurses, such as provision of information, confidentiality and the

disclosure of information to third parties (Jenkin and Millward, 2006). Whilst there is

legislation to guide nursing practice decisions on how to act, this requires careful

consideration in the application of the law; dilemmas in relation to this occur when

the nurse has conflicting duties and responsibilities (Jenkin and Millward, 2006).

In the UK, organisational policy impacts upon the nurse’s ability to make

autonomous decisions in relation to patient care (Torjuul and Sørlie, 2006).

Organisations such as the Department of Health, regional and local Health

Authorities and NHS Foundation Trusts are responsible for the allocation of

resources, which may be challenging when demand outstrips supply within the

current health care system (Oberle and Hughes, 2001). Analysis of organisational

decision-making does not fall directly within the objectives of this study, as this is not

in the UK nurses’ control, however in the United States of America it is a major part

Page 25: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

24

of the role of the Utilisation Nurse, whose job it is to make decisions about best value

treatments in relation to patient outcomes (Bell, 2003).

Nurses engage with resource allocation on a daily basis. Nurses have only so many

hours in which to manage, plan and deliver care; ward budgets and availability of

other health care professionals are limited (Torjuul and Sørlie, 2006). The nurse -

patient relationship and the closeness of nurses to the patient group result in a

perceived increased accountability and the duty to meet patients’ needs

appropriately (Torjuul and Sørlie, 2006). In order to achieve this nurse must be able

to prioritise the needs of any patient group and to guide the doctors and other health

and social care professionals as to whose needs should take priority (NMC, 2010a).

All patients are important and the health care professionals providing care and

treatment have to make some tough decisions; these are, for some nurses, everyday

decisions (Storch et al., 2004).

Decisions in an acute situation may need to be made quickly with whatever

information is available at the time; it may be that these decisions are taken more

frequently in secondary care settings rather than in other health care settings. In the

accident and emergency department, in the medical assessment unit, in intensive

care or theatres, or in life threatening situations, the team has only minutes to decide

on a course of action (Farsides, 2007). Not all ethical dilemmas need such urgent

attention; these are, however, equally important. Decisions made in all situations

may have an impact on the patient’s long-term health and wellbeing, however nurses

within health and social care teams may have more time to discuss the situation and

negotiate what needs to be done, encompassing the wishes of the patient and those

Page 26: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

25

on whom the outcome may impact, weighing the options available in partnership

(Farsides, 2007).

1.3b Moral reasoning

Moral problems and moral dilemmas are those which engage our beliefs and values

about what is fundamentally right or wrong, good or bad (Hawley, 2007). Diversity of

opinion, it has been suggested, through freedom of thought, helps the development

of moral character, resulting in self-determination (John Stuart Mill 1806–1873).

Self-determination allows each person to make their own decisions about their own

life style, with whom they associate and how they pass their time. Nurses may

experience moral distress when their self-determination is compromised because

they feel they are unable to maintain their personal or professional moral ideals and,

consequently, their professional integrity (Torjuul and Sørlie, 2006). This is

apparent, for example, when nurses are not able to ‘tell the truth’, as they might see

it, to the patient in their care, for example not providing full information about

diagnosis, prognosis and/or treatment (Torjuul and Sørlie, 2006). Caring and

upholding standards of care appear to be important aspects of nursing and reflect

the professional values nurses hold; when this is compromised nurses may begin to

feel dissatisfied with the situation (Torjuul and Sørlie, 2006). Further research, of

nurses working within the hospice setting, goes on to suggest that maintenance of

human dignity is an important moral obligation in their practice (Salloch and

Breitsamater, 2010). These nurses strive to be non-judgmental and recognise the

need to respect the wishes of the patient in their care even if this is in direct conflict

with their professional judgement (Salloch and Breitsamater, 2010).

Page 27: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

26

What may also be of importance when researching ethical decision making in

nursing is that it is a predominately female profession, with 89.29% of those currently

registered on the Nursing and Midwifery Council’s register being women (NMC,

2010b). The percentage of male registrants has remained constant since 2004

(NMC, 2010b). It may be that gendered traits also dominate the nurses’ moral

reasoning which is used to inform nursing practice.

Gilligan’s (1982) seminal work on the gendered nature of moral reasoning

demonstrated that girls were inclined to articulate their reasoning in ways that were

different from boys. Boys were more likely to display thinking that correlated with

Kohlberg’s1 (2008) ‘classical’ stages of development, speaking in what Gilligan refers

to as ‘a different voice’. She argued that theorists such as Kohlberg developed their

ideas through observations of men and their ways of reasoning, failing to take into

account the gendered nature of such research. Male development has thus been

taken to be ‘normal’ and generalisable, making the reasoning displayed by woman

participants appear to be less well developed. Further, Noddings (2003) suggests

that it is women’s moral development that informs an act-centred approach to ethics

that may be seen in the ethics of care and in virtue ethics, which are discussed

below.

The nature of nursing and the job itself may also impact on nurses’ attitudes and

their moral views, perhaps influenced by the position of nurses within the health care

team and the work they undertake; thus the gendered nature of nursing’s

professional identity, rather than the actual gender of individual nurses.. The two

1 Kohlberg first developed this theory as his PhD dissertation in 1958 and continued to publish on it throughout

his academic career.

Page 28: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

27

may be intractably entwined because of the constantly high proportion of nurses who

are women; however this may be impossible to confirm (Chambliss, 1996).

Moral reasoning is also influenced by the values, beliefs and expectations of an

individual’s parents, religion and peers as they grow up; these may change

according to our life experiences (Cuthbert and Quallington, 2008). Values and

beliefs inform moral conscience, which helps in the recognition of the moral quality of

behaviour, thus informing actions. Amongst these influences are those of the

profession into which nurses become socialised and the experiences encountered as

part of nursing practice (Benner, 1984; Settelmair and Nigam, 2007). Taken

together these values can be seen to inform the nursing code of professional

conduct: The Code (NMC, 2008).

In summary, moral reasoning is influenced by personal beliefs and values, gender,

socialisation and professionalisation. Values may become revised and refined over

time and through experience (Carter and Klugman, 2001). Challenges to a nurse’s

moral reasoning may occur when there is a conflict between patients and their family

or the health care team when addressing moral issues (Salloch and Breitsamater,

2010), leading to the need for ethical decision making.

1.3c Ethical decision making

Ethical decision making is framed within a number of recognised ethical approaches

which are described below and which are the third stage of the theoretical

framework.

Page 29: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

28

The four approaches outlined are often characterised as either principle-based [non-

feminist] or agent-centred [feminist] in nature. Principle-based approaches have

tended to dominate health care ethics, however agent-centred approaches, have

enjoyed an increase in popularity amongst such authors as Tong (1998), Storch et

al., (2004) and Armstrong (2007).

Whilst ethical approaches fall primarily into these two groups some authors

recommend a pluralistic combination of approaches, thus bringing the best from

each according to the situation (Botes, 2000a). In practice, as will be seen in the

findings of this thesis, all four approaches, or elements of each, may be drawn upon.

Hence they are represented, in Figure 1, as equally important.

Principle Ethics These approaches are predominately underpinned by the work of

the classical philosophers Immanuel Kant (1724–1804) and William David Ross

(1877–1971); these deontological approaches use the language of duty, of what a

person ought or ought not to do. David Hume (1711-1776) , Jeremy Bentham (1748

–1832) and John Stuart Mill (1806–1873) developed consequentialist approaches

which consider the consequences of the action to be central to decision making,

balancing both the benefits and the burdens of that action to inform decision making

(Cahn and Markie, 2006).

It can be argued that both deontological and consequential approaches lead to

principles, a method that has gained popularity amongst medicine and then nursing

as a way to support ethical decision-making in professional practice. The principles

applied are those of autonomy, beneficence, non-maleficence and justice

Page 30: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

29

(Beauchamp and Childress, 2001). The principles approach is underpinned by

western moral philosophy, which consists of the four principles above and ethical

rules of confidentiality and veracity (Hawley, 2007). Philosophy provides both meta-

ethics and normative ethics. Meta ethics consider the meaning of moral language;

normative ethics are those which are here to provide ethical theory to guide

decisions and behaviour (Beauchamp and Childress, 2001).

Deontology encompasses ethical approaches to examine what we ought to do in

relation to a given situation. Within these approaches the aim is to consider

decisions and actions as if they were universal laws which would apply in any given

situation. Such ethics can be seen in religious doctrine, such as the Koran or the ten

commandments of the Old Testament. They also underpin professional codes of

practice. However, the most recognised theory is Kant’s (see Cahn and Markie,

2006, p. 270). Kant provides guidance on how we should act:

1. In a way that we would always act - resulting in ‘universal law’,

2. Treating each person as an end in themselves, not a means to an end,

offering respect to all people with dignity.

He argues that these ‘laws’ inform us of what ought to happen and how to make

ethically rational decisions.

However, applying these laws universally has limitations, for example deciding which

law or rule should take priority and whose rights to prioritise in any given situation.

The basis or fundamental principle of Kant’s approach indicates that no one

(including oneself) should be treated simply as a means to an end but as an end in

themselves. This fundamental principle or law provides a system of duties to oneself

Page 31: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

30

and others. These duties are referred to as perfect duties and imperfect duties.

Perfect duties are actions which must always be observed; there are no exceptions

to these rules. These actions, also known as negative obligations, require the actor

(in the case of nursing practice this is the nurse) to desist or refrain from an action.

Imperfect duties are actions which are positive obligations and require that the actor

(nurse) act or behave in a certain way. It is the intention with which actions are

performed that is central to this approach, rather than the consequences

(Beauchamp and Childress, 2001).

Whist deontological approaches have dominated medical and health care ethics for

some years nursing ethicists argue that, due to their rigid nature, they to some extent

fall short of meeting the dilemmas faced by nurses in the current context of nursing

practice (Johnson, 1997; Armstrong, 2007). However, Dierckx de Casterle et al.

(2004) may support the view that rule based ethical approaches still have a place in

nursing decision making. Their empirical work revealed that nurses relied on the

convention of practice: rules of the organisation, expectations of the patient’s family

and colleagues and procedures learned during their education, rather than being

reflective in nature. Their findings suggest that nurses struggle to engage effectively

in ethical practice as they do not appropriately consider the patient’s personal needs.

Consequentialist theories focus on the outcome of an action to judge whether or

not a particular course of action is ethical in nature. Utilitarian theories are probably

the best-known of this group of theories. These indicate that each person should

strive to promote ‘the greatest good for the greatest number’ in order to maximise the

‘utility’, or outcomes of a situation when making the decision to act. Philosophers

Page 32: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

31

David Hume, Jeremy Bentham and John Stuart Mill developed the idea of the two

extremes, pain and pleasure, to demonstrate the principle of utility (Cahn and

Markie, 2006). These theories determine the moral rightness of actions based on

the balance of the good and bad consequences of those actions (Fry and Johnstone,

2002).

The main aim is to consider which action will result in the most happiness; the main

criticism is that those in minority groups may be disadvantaged (Tong, 1997). In the

provision of health care ‘cost benefit analysis’ is used to analyse expenditure

(Hawley, 2007), encouraging health care professionals and organisations to

maximise the use of resources available. However, this approach could lead to

expensive treatments not being funded in favour of less expensive treatments,

resulting in a greater number of people receiving care but perhaps limiting funding

being allocated for research and treatment of rare conditions from which only a few

will benefit (Beauchamp and Childress, 2001).

Despite the limitations of this approach it remains important, as health services are

experiencing increased demand as people live longer and the ability to treat more

conditions in more complex ways continues to increase (Bunch, 2002; Aroskar et al.,

2004; Storch et al., 2004; Hugman, 2005). Policy making bodies such as the

National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence, NHS England, other

commissioning groups with responsibilities for commissioning services and executive

board members may find consequential approaches most effective when discussing

and planning service provision. For some time the formulas used for the allocation

of health services have included Quality Adjusted Life Years (QALYS), which

Page 33: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

32

examines the potential outcome of a treatment (Allmark, 1998). Nurses may be

involved in policy development; this is dependent on their role. Nurses working in

secondary care are, however, in the position of making decisions associated with the

distribution of resources on a daily basis as they work within the context of limited

resources (Kalvemark et al., 2004). This approach also encourages health care

professionals to consider the patient’s feelings of ‘pain and pleasure’ on an individual

basis and, as such, may help in identifying the most appropriate course of treatment

or care for individual patients.

Whilst deontology and consequentialism have clear differences, what they have in

common, Singer (1993) suggests, is more important; when addressing ethical

decisions or judgements ethics should support a universal viewpoint. Not simply that

the principle should be applied universally but that the context or situation influences

the application of that principle and should move beyond individual likes and

dislikes to ensure an impartial standpoint.

Beauchamp and Childress (2001) argue that the principles of autonomy, justice,

beneficence and non-maleficence can be justified from both approaches, giving a

basis for decision making in health care ethics. In addition, Botes (2000b) views

deontological and utilitarian approaches as opposite ends of the same spectrum and

calls for compromise in order that a satisfactory resolution be found for complex

ethical dilemmas, recommending a combined approach.

Agent Centred approaches may be seen as a counter position to the principle

based theories above. In their most recent edition, Beauchamp and Childress (2013)

Page 34: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

33

use an overarching term, ‘moral character’, to bring together theories related to

moral virtue (see below) as associated with the work of Aristotle (384BC–322BC)

and more recent work on the ethics of care (Gilligan, 1982). These approaches are

located in practice and often seek to find middle ground or compromise between

extremes. Thus the focus of agent approaches goes beyond the action, requiring the

agent (in this case the nurse) to consider ‘how should I be’ rather than simply ‘what

should I do’. The emphasis, therefore, is on the behaviour of the nurse in a given

situation. This approach has the potential to facilitate moral learning and

development such that, through a mix of emotion and reason, the nurse can develop

competence in this aspect of professional practice (Hawley, 2007).

Virtue ethics: Aristotelian virtue ethics has been significantly developed in recent

decades, notably by authors such as Hursthouse (1999). Within nursing, Armstrong

(2007) provides a strong argument in defence of a virtue based approach,

highlighting the importance of the therapeutic relationship between patient and

nurse. His work, alongside that of Banks and Gallagher (2009) and Sellman (2011),

represents a significant development of virtue theory related directly to caring

professions such as nursing and social work. The nurse, it is suggested, needs the

following qualities: trustworthiness, honesty, kindness and patience. Virtue based

ethics may be akin to moral virtues and moral reasoning in their recognition of the

qualities the individual brings to the situation rather than the objective principles of

duty based approaches. Virtue based ethics are concerned less with right action

and more with the way we act: kindly, justly, patiently; recognising the importance of

moral character, the significance of interpersonal relationships and the importance

that emotions have in moral life. Most importantly they acknowledge that ethical

Page 35: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

34

dilemmas are not always solvable. Banks and Gallagher (2009) develop Aristotle’s

overarching ‘practical wisdom’ into ‘professional wisdom’ as the central virtue that

guides professionals to good choices. However, Armstrong (2007) acknowledges

that that virtue based ethics may fail to provide guidance for action and how to

address conflicts between virtues.

It is in virtue ethics that the divide between the genders may become more apparent.

Tong (1998) suggests that some philosophers argue that men and women possess

the same moral virtue but that women are more emotionally focused and aware of

their feelings than men and that men are more likely to engage in a reasoned

approach, as proposed within act-centred approaches to ethical decision making.

Others, however, argue that the differences are cultural and as society did not permit

or encourage women to develop reasoning and express opinion, women therefore

became governed by emotion (Tong, 1998).

Within virtue ethics the agent is required to have the cognitive skills to see what is

good and right in order to act in the morally right way. The agent and the act are

viewed as inseparable, a complete contrast to the consequentialist approach (Tong,

1998).

Aristotle believed that an individual cannot undertake a caring act for someone

unless that individual actually cares, that is, they are a caring person. A person who

really cares will feel something for the objects of that care; in the case of nurses this

will primarily be the patients in their care and may also extend to the patient’s family

or colleagues within the nursing, health and social care team (Blum, 1988).

Page 36: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

35

Ethic of care: Beauchamp and Childress (2013) suggest that, for some theorists,

‘care’ is a virtue; however, the term ‘ethics of care’ is usually attributed to the work of

Gilligan (1982). In her attempt to define the gendered voice she heard in her

research she used the phrase ‘ethics of care’ to define decision making that was

different from justice, principles or rules. Thus it is strongly associated with agent-

centred ethical theory. It may be viewed as a virtue ethic of a specific nature; the

action and the actor being judged as one. Only a morally good character is capable

of a morally good act (Hawley, 2007).

The Ethic of Care, also underpinned by the work of Noddings (2003), focuses on the

attention and care given to others and the relationships nurses and health care

professionals build with patients and their families. Allmark (1998) highlights the fact

that everyone cares but the key is what people care about and how they care about

it. This focus makes it a morally good act, challenging the idea that caring is a virtue

in its own right and supporting the importance of the right actor and the right act.

The health care professionals’ mandate to care and the emotions of caring are

central characteristics of this approach (Hawley, 2007) indicating that, in order to

care and undertake caring, the actor (in this case the nurse) must really care and

feel the desire to care. This is in contrast to principled approaches which expect

universal principles to be applied using reason alone. The nurse-patient relationship

is distinctly different to the caring relationship between a mother and her child. Both

these caring relationships depend on trust; the nurse-patient relationship is a

Page 37: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

36

professional caring relationship and ethical caring, and requires both effort and

attention (Noddings, 2003; Hugman, 2005).

1.3d Moral action

Within this theoretical framework the final stage, moral action, is informed by a

process of moral reasoning and ethical decision making. This action may be in

partnership with others; patients, their families and other health and social care

professionals, because nurses work within multidisciplinary or interprofessional

teams (NMC, 2004; Torp and Thomas, 2007; NMC, 2008). It is important to

remember the debate surrounding the exact nature of a truly moral act. The

question is whether an act is truly morally correct if it is simply duty motivated by

what ought to be done or undertaken for personal gain. Beauchamp and Childress

(2001) argue that moral virtue is a disposition to act in accordance with moral

principles, suggesting that if a person performs a morally right action but his motive

is improper then a moral ingredient is missing. This would indicate that resulting

‘moral’ action taken by the nurse or health care team is truly moral only when the

motive is proper. The right action may, however, be undertaken because it is what

ought to be done rather than what the nurse wants to do. The act is undertaken

because it is required by law or by a contract of employment.

1.4 Summary

This introductory chapter has located the thesis within the context of resolving the

ethical dilemmas nurses face in secondary health care in the UK. It has outlined a

theoretical framework, based on ethical dilemmas leading to moral reasoning, which

informs ethical decision making and leads to moral action. This framework was used

Page 38: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

37

to guide the development of the research plan and its use is critically explored in the

discussion of the research findings.

Page 39: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

38

Figure 1: Theoretical framework: Resolution of ethical dilemmas in nursing practice

Moral action and resolution

Ethical decision making

Deontology Consequentialism Virtue ethics Ethic of care

Moral reasoning

Beliefs Values Expectations

Ethical Dilemma

Two or more conflicting courses of action

Page 40: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

39

Chapter 2 - Literature review

2.0 Literature review

Having outlined the focus of the thesis and the theoretical framework in Chapter 1,

this chapter presents an integrative review of related literature including

philosophical discussion, literature reviews and empirical studies. The aim of the

review is to better understand current thinking on nurses’ ethical decision making in

order to clarify and refine the aim and objectives of this research.

Peer reviewed journal articles make up the main source of materials used in this

literature review. These are considered to be a robust source of evidence, reviewed

by two or more experts in the field with a lead time which is significantly shorter than

that required when publishing books (MacNee and McCabe, 2008). Care has been

taken to include recent material, published within the last ten years, to ensure that

the evidence is relevant to the context within which nursing is currently practiced.

Grey literature was searched using the EThOs database which provided access to

recent Doctoral theses through the British Library. Grey literature also includes

unpublished work such as conference proceedings, which may provide a good

source of materials when performing a literature review (Parahoo, 2006).

2.1 Search Strategy

Through systematic searching of the literature the following studies and current

debates were identified as pertinent for literature review; the search structure is

detailed in Appendix 2.

Page 41: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

40

2.1a Database selection

Electronic database searches were performed using the databases CINAHL

(cumulative index nursing and other health related professions), ScienceDirect,

Medline, Psychinfo, Web of Science and British Nursing Index, which provide access

to peer reviewed, published material relevant to the subject (Fink, 2009). This

combination of databases provides access to most English language nursing

periodicals, standards of practice, government publications, research instruments

and patient education material (Blackwell Synergy, 2011; CINAHL, 2011; Science

Direct, 2011). During the final stages and writing up of the thesis previous searches

were updated to capture any work published in the interim period.

Limits were set to ensure focused searches were undertaken to avoid

unmanageable amounts of material being included in the search returns. Limits

were also set to identify relevant literature for abstract review to facilitate selection

for inclusion within the review process (Robson, 2002).

The limits set were:

Written in English

Peer reviewed

2000 – present

Original articles.

A range of key words and synonyms were used for each section of the search; these

were Nursing and:

Moral reasoning / Moral issues/ Moral dilemmas

Ethical reasoning / Ethical issues / Ethical dilemmas

Page 42: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

41

Moral / Ethical approaches

Moral / Ethical Action.

Moral / Ethical professional codes

Further journal searches were undertaken in the journals; Nursing Philosophy and

Nursing Ethics.

Using a combination of abstract review and critical appraisal, articles were selected

for use within this review (See Appendix 2).

2.1b Record keeping

Cataloguing and storage of data are essential to avoid error and duplication. All

articles were carefully catalogued, entering full reference source and search strategy

on to the cataloguing system. Both electronic and manual index card methods are

available (Hart, 2005). A simple electronic system was mirrored by a paper file of

reviewed articles, stored according to a search code. A total of 27 papers were

retained for discussion within the literature review.

2.2 Critique

Once identified as having the potential to be included in the final literature review, it

is important to critically read the full article to establish its quality and relevance (Polit

and Beck, 2008). Comparability is an important aspect of the literature review

process; articles selected must be read with purpose, in an organised manner, which

will facilitate comparison of the content and the quality of the evidence (Fain, 1999;

Parahoo, 2006; Cutcliffe and Ward, 2007; Polit and Beck, 2008).

Page 43: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

42

Systematic recording of specific areas for consideration within the review were

identified and an evaluation pro-forma generated for recording the analysis (see

Appendix 2). The pro-forma used to facilitate comparability was based on Burns and

Grove’s (1987) model and Morrison’s (1991) model; adaptations have been

developed to accommodate the different types of literature within this review (see

Appendix 3). The critique has been approached with some level of flexibility in order

to facilitate this.

As each article was reviewed, notes were made on the evaluation pro-forma,

drawing together aspects of each piece of literature. This could then be referred to at

any time whilst writing up the literature review.

2.3 Results

A number of themes emerged from the literature reviewed which helped to identify

what is already known about the contribution made by nurses in addressing ethical

dilemmas in practice and to expose gaps. These themes were:

a. Codes of ethics

b. Policy

c. Moral distress

d. Conflict and collaboration within ethical decision making

2.3a Ethical codes

Functions of professional ethical codes include providing a vehicle for expressing the

values of the professional group and guidance for decision-making and behaviour for

those within the professional group (Verpeet et al., 2004). Nursing professional

Page 44: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

43

codes exist at international and national levels. They provide nurses with a code of

conduct; codes inform nurses how they should act, safeguarding the profession’s

reputation and, more importantly, protecting service users (Banks, 2003). Nurses in

Britain have the Nursing and Midwifery Code of Conduct (The Code, NMC, 2008).

Like other codes this comprises the rules of the profession, statements that reflect

the character that nurses should possess, ethical principles and rules (Banks, 2003;

NMC, 2008).

The Code (NMC 2008) is the primary source of guidance for nurses registered to

practise within the UK and is intended to guide nurses’ decision making and

behaviour. Key aspects include:

‘The people in your care must be able to trust you with their health and wellbeing’

(page 2).

‘Make the care of people your first concern, treating them as individuals and

respecting their dignity’ (page 3).

‘Work with others to protect and promote the health and wellbeing of those in your

care, their families and carers, and the wider community’ (page 5).

‘Provide a high standard of practice and care at all times’ (page 6).

‘Be open and honest, act with integrity and uphold the reputation of your profession’

(page 7).

Each aspect of The Code (NMC, 2008) is developed further and guidance is

available to support the application of The Tinto nursing practice. The Code, along

with other nursing codes of ethics, provides nurses with a professional identity,

support for nursing, guidance and motivation (Verpeet et al., 2004).

Page 45: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

44

Each country has its own code with an overarching code provided by the

International Council of Nurses (ICN) which was first established in 1953 (ICN,

2012). The ICN Code guides nurses in a number of areas, including nurses and

people, nurses and practice and nurses and co-workers (ICN, 2012). Like the NMC

Code (NMC, 2008) guidance is provided on the implementation of the ICN Code and

each of these main sections is broken down to provide further detailed guidance to

nurses. The ICN clearly states that the code of ethics is based on social values and

provided as a guide for nurses’ actions, thus suggesting shared values that nursing

might have regardless of cultural, racial or national boundaries. The ICN code of

ethics has influenced the nursing ethical codes of a number of countries in Europe,

including Greece, Finland and Italy (Heikkinen et al., 2006).

Nurses’ codes of ethics are regularly updated to reflect social values and changes in

the context of nursing practice and nurses’ roles (NMC, 2008; ICN, 2012). It is,

however, very clear that a primary consideration, found at the core of all nursing

codes, is the best interests of the individual. In the UK the NMC Code (NMC, 2008)

is frequently reviewed and developed by the Nursing and Midwifery Council in which

nurses are directly involved. There is also a period of consultation where all

registered nurses are given the opportunity to comment and provide feedback on a

draft version of The Code prior to a final version being adopted (NMC, 2010c).

Despite this unity, one criticism of codes of ethics is that they often contain vague

statements rather than clear guidance (Lere and Gaumnitz, 2003). An exploration

undertaken amongst the business community found that codes of ethics had little

Page 46: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

45

impact on the decision making process and that the same decisions would have

been made in the absence of a code. Reasons for this were discussed within Lere

and Gaumnitz’s (2003) focus groups, included the feeling that codes of ethics were

common sense and participants felt they knew the difference between a right and a

wrong action. Thus, they argue that whilst a code should influence actions, it may

not do so unless individuals’ beliefs can be changed or there are deterrents to acting

outside of the code.

Whilst criticised by Lere and Gaumnitz (2003) for being too vague, oppositions to

ethical codes highlighted by Banks (2003) state that using a detailed professional

code may result in the practitioner becoming dependant on the code rather than

making reasoned decisions and, consequently, may risk promoting moral

insensitivity. Banks (2003) goes on to suggest that the general principles currently

contained in these codes can only guide rather than direct and, therefore, the

practitioner still needs to engage in thoughtful application of the principles it contains.

Conducting 23 focus groups, Heikkinen et al. (2006) were able to discuss the

opinions of nurses from three countries about the usefulness of codes of ethics. The

countries involved were Greece, where nursing is still viewed as a low status

profession with limited autonomous decision-making; Finland, where women and

nurses have a history of autonomous decision making; and Italy, where nursing has

undergone changes within the last ten years to a position of more autonomous

decision making within health care. Each country has its own culture and nursing

history and it was possible to discover how these impacted on the nurses’ views of

ethical codes. They concluded that the conscious use of ethical codes was identified

Page 47: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

46

as useful in clarifying ethical aspects of nursing and prompting nurses to think

carefully about their decisions and the moral weight of their actions. The nurses

viewed ethical codes as a moral guide, being effective when reflecting on ethical

decisions. Conversely, the research suggested that codes were not directly referred

to in situations where nurses had internalised the values and so implemented them

unconsciously in their work.

Obstacles to implementing professional codes of ethics included the codes

themselves, as they were viewed as abstract and generally failing to provide clear

guidance (Lere and Gaumnitz, 2003; Heikkinen et al., 2006). Collaborative working,

where the views and values of others - the organisation, other health care

professionals, the patients and their families and health care policy - differ from those

reflected in the ethical code, also proved problematic (Heikkinen et al., 2006).

Conversely, Verpeet et al. (2004) identified, through analysing data collected during

a series of focus groups, how ethical codes provide guidance regarding nurses’

relationships with others, with patients, patients’ families, other health care

professionals, society in general and with each other.

The impact of the local culture, women’s and nurses’ status in society was seen in

Heikkinen, et al.’s (2006) study to have an impact on nurses’ ability to work ethically.

This was also demonstrated by Donker and Andrew’s (2011) study involving nurses

working in Ghana. This study involved 200 registered nurses who identified times

when they disagreed with decisions made by the health care team. Instances were

noted where the ICN code of ethics was in conflict with cultural beliefs and norms.

Aspects of care in this regard included patient autonomy, confidentiality, nurses and

Page 48: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

47

co- workers and truth telling. In all of these cases it was identified that some of the

Ghanaian nurses felt that it was right that these cultural and social norms should

override the ICN code of ethics (Donker and Andrew, 2011). In another study

exploring ethical codes of practice the issue was less concerned with cultural

‘overides’, but with actual awareness and knowledge of the code itself. Verpeet et

al. (2004) found that some nurses’ knowledge of professional codes was limited and

not used appropriately to inform ethical decision making. Belgian nurses, in their

research, felt it was essential for nurses to be involved in developing ethical codes

and that these should contain guidance for nurses’ behaviour, moral practice,

professional practice and function.

It has been established that nurses use codes of ethics and professional conduct to

inform decision making and where there may be errors of judgment or poor

standards of care, these codes may be used to judge nurses’ conduct (Verpeet et

al., 2004; Heikkinen et al., 2006). The NMC views its primary role as safeguarding

the public; the Code forms part of that mechanism (NMC, 2010c). On balance, it

appears that codes of ethics have an important role to play, however their usefulness

as a sole guide to ethical decision making and the resolution of ethical dilemmas

may be limited. Further, they may not be the primary source of guidance to nurses

in practice.

2.3b Policy

Whereas professional codes of practice guide the behaviour of the individual, policy

is applicable to all people within its remit. Colebatch (2009) states that National

Health Policy is designed and developed by government to provide structure, goals

Page 49: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

48

and guidance for health care providers, organisations and individual practitioners.

Under this umbrella, local organisational policy, informed by Health Policy, provides

structure at a local level, the aim of which is to ensure safe practice and direct the

use of scarce resources to meet various government targets. Colebatch goes on to

suggest that the development of health care policy can be difficult as it attempts to

bring together the views of diverse groups of people to develop shared goals, for

example, government, services users, organisational strategic objectives and health

care practitioners, with all their various philosophies.

Whilst reviewing the literature retained for use here it appears to be that policy,

national and local, is viewed as restrictive by nurses providing direct nursing care to

patients. This is because it limits the care they are able to provide and, in some

cases, is in opposition to their personal and professional values and understanding

of what is in the patient’s best interests or are the patient’s wishes (Aroskar, et al.,

2004). Nurse participants in Aroskar et al.’s study took part in a series of focus

groups where they identified how national policy influenced organisational policy,

which had resulted in reduced resources and was felt by them to compromise care.

The nurse participants discussed issues associated with the funding of health care

within the American system, suggesting that decisions about care were influenced by

what was paid for rather than by the patients’ needs (Aroskar, et al., 2004).

Therefore, the level of health insurance patients have has a real impact on the care

delivered. Whilst this is not the case in Britain, for nurses working in National Health

Service hospitals, British nurses also recognised the impact of limited resources,

especially staffing shortages, on patient care, resulting in them feeling angry,

Page 50: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

49

frustrated and guilty and, consequently, experiencing moral distress (Oberle and

Hughes, 2001; Corley, 2002).

For some nurse participants in Aroskar et al.’s (2004) study, the increase in available

treatments and the focus on technical intervention rather than that described by

participants as the ‘ethic of care’, may potentially impact negatively on the patient’s

experience. The nurse participants in this and other studies reviewed demonstrated

the value they placed on comforting and supporting patients and families through the

development of meaningful relationships built using effective communication, which

requires nursing time and commitment (Oberle and Hughes, 2001; Aroskar, et al.,

2004; Torjuul and Sørlie, 2006).

It is clear from the literature that national and local policies can impact both directly

and indirectly on patient care. They have the potential to impact on ethical decision

making and the ability to deliver what may be considered to be a good standard of

appropriate care. In addition, Aroskar et al. (2004) identified that policy was

particularly important in ethical decision making amongst executives and nurse

administrators. Decision making was predominately related to careful allocation of

scarce resources and the development of policies to ensure appropriate allocation of

nursing staff. The maintenance of safe staffing levels, promoting fairness by

balancing patient needs whilst respecting patient choice and promoting patient

autonomy, were major challenges for nurse managers in their work and are explored

further in this thesis.

Page 51: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

50

Limited resources and the allocation of those resources have been described as

causing ethical dilemmas for nurses because this results in an inability to provide

good quality patient care (Oberle and Hughes, 2001). Nurses in Torjuul and Sørlie’s

(2006) study explained that they felt they should be everywhere at the same time

and were often called away to attend to another task before completing the one that

had already been undertaken. Time spent with patients who had minor problems

detracted from care required by those who were seriously ill; the general feeling was

that limited resources and increased demands on nurses’ time in the face of

changing roles had impacted negatively on standards of care. Policy was a

significant factor in determining how the nurses spent their time; the participants felt

that it was important that when people are admitted to hospital, nurses should be

there for them and their families. Therefore, prioritising who received resources in

terms of nursing time and care routinely presented ethical dilemmas for nurses.

Participants also experienced challenges in maintaining patient dignity and

confidentiality when patients were nursed in shared rooms; during ward rounds,

during handovers and discussing patients’ conditions and private lives. Finally,

concern was expressed that patients might not discuss important confidential issues

as patients in neighbouring beds might overhear.

Returning to Aroskar et al. (2004), changes in the focus of the nursing function were

thought to impact on patient care with the blurring of professional boundaries; nurses

taking on responsibility for an increasing number of technical interventions led to a

lack of time being available for the development of meaningful nurse-patient

relationships. In conjunction with these changes in nurses’ roles, unregistered and

unregulated staff were taking on aspects of care that were perceived by some

Page 52: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

51

nurses to have a negative impact on the quality of care and, in some cases, to have

put the patient at risk.

Aroskar et al. (2004) also identified how nurses perceived that policy changes had

resulted in there being insufficient nursing staff to implement primary or team

nursing, leading to reduced job satisfaction and an increase in staff turnover. The

consequences of this were that nurses faced dilemmas about equity in care

provision and compromised standards, which caused them moral distress. Their

participants indicated that there was a lack of input from nurses in the development

of local policy but that it was often nurses who faced the impact of such policies on

patients and their families. This lack of involvement in policy development resulted

in nurses feeling that their contribution was not valued. Finally, they identified that

ethical dilemmas also occurred when organisational policies conflicted with care

policies within the same hospital.

2.3c Moral distress

It is clear from analysis of professional codes governing individual nurses’ behaviour

and of policy directives giving structure to care delivery that nurses frequently feel

unable to give optimal care. This feeling is described in the literature as ‘moral

distress’. Nurses’ moral distress occurs when it is perceived that an acceptable

solution to an ethical dilemma is not achieved. Areas which cause moral distress

include organisational constraints which result in limiting the nurse’s ability to

undertake what is perceived to be the correct course of action (Corley, 2002). Moral

distress occurs when a person’s moral integrity is challenged; when there is

inconsistency with what is believed to be the right thing to do and the action taken in

Page 53: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

52

a given situation (Hardingham, 2004). When moral distress occurs nurses may

experience loneliness and a feeling of isolation due to a lack of mechanisms to

facilitate dialogue (Sørlie et al., 2003).

Situations which cause moral distress amongst nurses, as identified by Kalvemark et

al. (2004), include those where organisational constraints and, in some cases, legal

issues, result in conflict or compromise standards of care, concluding that there is a

need for structures, education and resources to help reduce moral distress amongst

all heath care professionals. Corley’s (2002) review of the literature highlights a

broader range of causes of moral distress amongst nurses. This review suggests

that moral distress may occur when treatment is viewed as causing pain or harm;

when suffering is prolonged; and when contextual problems associated with

bureaucracy and inadequate management occur.

A number of issues that directly impact on nurses’ perceived stress levels were

identified by Ulrich et al. (2010). Low staffing levels were found to cause the most

stress amongst nurses. The dilemmas which occurred most frequently were

protecting patients’ rights, autonomy, informed consent, advanced care planning,

surrogate decision making, end of life decision making, breaches of confidentiality,

and patients’ right to privacy, all of which resulted in moral distress when a

satisfactory outcome could not be found. In addition, limited staff to implement care

and facilitate decision making has the potential to impact on all aspects of care.

Nurses’ involvement in decision making is further highlighted in Long-Sutehall et al’s

(2011) qualitative study involving 13 semi structured interviews with registered

Page 54: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

53

nurses working in critical care units in four different hospitals, which indicated that

nurses have limited involvement in decisions associated with the withdrawal of

treatment. However, nurses are expected to implement the plan of care and when

this is contrary to what they believe is morally right, moral distress occurs. The

researchers concluded that doctors, who make these treatment decisions, have a

different underpinning professional philosophy which focuses on extending life,

whereas it is likely that nurses may consider allowing life to end to be the appropriate

course of action.

Explorations of nurses’ and doctors’ perceptions of ethical problems involved in end

of life care indicated that nurses’ concerns resulted from their lack of involvement in

decision making, even though it is the nurses who are required to execute the care

plan (Oberle and Hughes, 2001; Long-Sutehall et al., 2011). The lack of involvement

by nurses in this type of care is supported in an examination of the ethical issues and

nurses’ moral distress associated with euthanasia (Dierckx de Casterle, et al., 2010).

Looking specifically at euthanasia, Dierckx de Casterle et al. (2010) identified that

nurses have a crucial role in decision making, as they spend time with the patients

building a trusting relationship. The importance of the involvement of the whole

palliative care team in deciding to provide the treatment requested was highlighted

within the interviews undertaken with participants. Although the physician makes the

final decision based on the group discussion, shared decision making was viewed as

essential because it is more often the nurses who have a key role in implementing

the care plan and supporting the patient and their families.

Page 55: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

54

Kain’s (2007) examination of the literature supports the idea that nurses experience

moral distress when conflict occurs between what the nurse may perceive to be the

best course of action and what is possible within organisational policies, resourcing

issues and different opinions on prescribed care. Responses to this distress include

sorrow, guilt, frustration and anger which, if left unaddressed, may threaten nurses’

self worth, the consequences of which may impact on both personal and

professional relationships. Moral distress can also occur due to conflict with the

health care team, particularly where there are clear differences between the priorities

of nurses and doctors in relation to patient care and differences in each profession’s

mandate to care (Oberle and Hughes, 2001). This is explored further below.

Wolf and Zuzelo’s (2007) analysis of nurses’ ‘never again stories’ echoes concerns

regarding nurses’ lack of involvement in decision making and the distress they

experience in association with this. This empirical research, using a qualitative

approach, highlighted the participants’ understanding of how failing to contribute in

addressing complex ethical dilemmas, even though the constraints placed upon

them were as a result of organisation policy or the hierarchal nature of health care,

resulted in their distress. Through critical reflection nurse participants were able to

identify if they could have acted differently and what they would do if faced with a

similar situation. However, the nurses still felt that they had failed in their obligations

to those in their care.

If not addressed the consequences of this moral distress for individual nurses and

the nursing profession are that nurses suffer burn out. This may involve becoming

desensitised to the dilemmas, as a way of avoiding the distress previously

Page 56: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

55

experienced, it may also mean they may choose to leave the profession altogether

(Coley, 2002; Hardingham, 2004; Ulrich et al., 2010: Palvish et al., 2011). In both

cases burn out has the potential to impact negatively on patient experience.

Corley (2002) does, however, acknowledge some benefits of moral distress,

suggesting that moral distress instigates a process of learning and reflection

facilitating personal and professional growth through experience, resulting in the

potential for future patients to receive more compassionate care. Moral distress

occurs when a person’s integrity is challenged; moral integrity is the connection

between a person’s beliefs, values and actions as a professional and as an

individual (Corely, 2002). Hardingham (2004) suggests that critical reflection on

values, beliefs and social influences in a given situation may help the achievement of

a sound understanding of experiences in practice; through this process and

socialisation into the profession the nurse may achieve moral integrity.

Nurses are expected to maintain standards of care beyond their personal motivation;

a duty is placed upon them by the NMC in its Code (NMC, 2008) and by the

Department of Health (DH, 2008; Francis, 2013). The importance of maintaining

standards of care has recently been emphasised in the Report of the Mid

Staffordshire NHS Foundation Trust Public Inquiry, where nurse leaders are charged

with providing strong leadership to ensure the failings identified in this report do not

reoccur (Francis, 2013). This report highlights that nurses did raise their concerns

about standards of care but felt powerless to bring about change, a situation Corley

(2002) identifies as leading to moral distress.

Page 57: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

56

It would therefore appear that moral distress is a well-recognised but not fully

explored phenomenon in health care which may be associated with organisational

constraints as well as with dilemmas in decision making. There are clear links

between the tensions leading to moral distress and the balance between moral

reasoning, ethical decision-making and action outlined in the theoretical framework

in Chapter 1. This will be explored further in the discussion in Chapter 10 of this

thesis. A final area identified in the literature and related to moral distress is the

tension between managing conflict and collaboration with ethical decision making.

2.3d Conflict and collaboration within ethical decision making

A frequent source of conflict evident within the literature is between the doctor and

the nurse directly involved in patient care. This appears to occur in different aspects

of ethical practice, for example within the process of decision making and in

communicating with patients and their relatives. Organisational constraints and the

hierarchical structures within hospitals may be contributory factors in such conflicts

(Heikkinen et al., 2006; Ulrich et al., 2010).

Nurses describe ‘working in between’, in Varcoe et al.’s (2004) study, which used

focus groups to explore the experiences of eighty seven nurses. Working ‘in

between’ is how nurses described finding a balance between their own values, those

of the patients, of other health care professionals and of the organisation, to do what

is felt to be ‘good’, acting as moral agents. This process was described by

participants as problematic and resulting in professional and personal struggle.

Nurses consequentially experience conflict with a number of groups; physicians, the

Page 58: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

57

organisation and its representatives (managers) and other health care professionals

(Redman and Fry, 2000).

Conflict may also occur in nurses’ perceptions of what is expected from their role.

Hyde et al. (2005), in an analysis of nursing documentation in a multisite study

undertaken in Ireland over a 5 year period, found that whilst there has been an

emphasis in nursing theory on the biography of the individual and the personal

experience of illness, there was little evidence in the documentation that nurses

practised this; physical aspects of care appeared to take precedence over patient

autonomy. It therefore appeared from the nursing documentation that ‘biology’ took

precedence over ‘biography’. This would be in line with biomedical approaches to

patient care and values that have been informed by medicine and may be in conflict

with perceived expectations of caring about, as well as for, the patient.

Peter et al. (2004), in a literature review of empirical studies undertaken between

1993 and 2003, concluded that much of the conflict identified resulted from nurses’

perceived moral duty to promote patients’ wellbeing. They and others (Storch et al.,

2004) suggest that a unique relationship develops between the patient and the nurse

but that this can lead to conflict with other health professionals as the nurse assumes

the role of advocate, a role that is indicated within The Code (NMC, 2008).

However, some groups of nurses are less able to build on this relationship to assert

their views or advocate for their patients. These include junior nurses (Peter et al.,

2004) and nurses working in long-term care, (Varcoe et al., 2004). Other

participants in Varcoe et al.’s (2004) study described how they chose which conflicts

Page 59: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

58

to address and when not to challenge others; this may be viewed as failing to meet

the potential the nurse has in promoting patient well-being.

Oberle and Hughes (2001) recognise that when conflict occurs, resulting from the

nurse’s inability to influence ethical decision making by doctors, nurses experienced

moral distress. They suggest that the differences in nursing and medical values and,

consequently, priorities, can explain some of this conflict. Doctors have, in many

cases, the responsibility of deciding on treatment regimes and the nurse’s

responsibility is to deliver care which incorporates these regimens.

Nurses interviewed by Oberle and Hughes (2001) discussed competing values and

how these were managed in situations where the patient was unable to speak for

themselves. Discussions during the decision making process would include ‘what the

patient would want’. Conflict between doctors and nurses was described in cases

where the doctor or doctors involved thought it best not to fully involve the family who

might know the patient’s view and values better than the team, with the doctors

arguing that the family might not understand the full implications of their decision on

the patient. Nurses opposed this paternalistic approach and felt that doctors often

acted according to their own values and beliefs rather than respecting those of the

patient.

Challenging doctors’ orders or other aspects of poor care is something clearly

required in The Code (NMC, 2008). However, Oberle and Hughes (2001) suggest

that there is some evidence to indicate that the hierarchical structures within the

organisations and the roles doctors and nurses take result in each being faced with

Page 60: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

59

different ethical problems in the same circumstances. They therefore ask different

questions according to their role rather than there being direct conflict between their

values. Thus, it may be that it is the organisational structure and the culture of

doctors’ authority that place the nurse in a disempowered position when addressing

morally challenging situations in practice, resulting in nurses’ lack of autonomy in

such cases (Liaschenko and Peter, 2004).

Nurses have been found to ‘bend’ the rules in order to achieve a satisfactory

outcome, especially in cases where the organisation is less responsive to the need

for flexibility or where there is no clear guidance or policy in place to facilitate

decision making in ethically challenging situations (Redman and Fry, 2000).

Redman and Fry’s literature review highlighted how different types of conflicts are

experienced by nurses according to their specific role. All nurses experienced some

kind of conflict and 33% experienced moral distress, which they attributed to

institutional constraints, making it extremely difficult, and in some cases impossible,

to take the ‘right’ action. This is discussed further in Chapter 7.

Palvish et al. (2011), following a 70 participant descriptive qualitative critical incident

study, concluded that the key to addressing ethical dilemmas associated with patient

care was early identification of potential problems. It is recognised that this is more

likely to occur where patients are particularly vulnerable or have multiple problems.

Their results suggest that effective communication mechanisms are essential, as

these promote collaboration and avoid underrating the viewpoints of others with

whom the moral conflict may arise or has arisen.

Page 61: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

60

Salloch and Breitsameter (2010) examined the moral conflicts in hospice care, by

undertaking a qualitative study involving nurse participants in focus group

discussions. They identified how nurses recognised external ethical standards and

referred to the internal organisational philosophy that each patient should be valued

and should not be judged by their decisions or social background. They concluded

that this respect for patients’ dignity is paramount in ensuring that the ‘right’ action is

taken.

The importance of involving others within decision making is also highlighted in

Vandrevala et al’s (2006) study which indicates that involving others brings a range

of perspectives, recognising that it is important to involve the doctor whose

knowledge and understanding of the patient’s physical condition and prognosis are

essential. The risks of leaving the decision to the doctor alone were associated with

doctors’ professional commitment to maintaining life. Furthermore, the close

relationship that family members have with each other and with the patient may put

them in a good position as they may know the patient’s wishes (if the patient does

not have capacity). However, this close relationship may also make decision making

difficult for them.

Having the opportunity to contribute to the decision making process is particularly

important for nurses who are charged with implementing the plan of care (Dierckx de

Casterle et al., 2010). Nurse participants involved in Dierckx de Casterle et al.’s

study explained the importance of the nurse’s voice being heard, as it is the nurse

who has a unique relationship with the patient and provides ongoing care, spending

a substantial amount of time engaging with the patient, which enables them to

Page 62: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

61

develop an understanding of the patient’s views and expectations. Lamb and

Savdalis (2011) recognise that collaborative decision making is highly valued in

various aspects of patient care and decision making and that care provided for

anyone with complex needs has become a multi-disciplinary activity in order to

ensure the best available care for patients.

Shared decision making within the health care team, especially between the nurse

and doctor, is a key contributor to patient care and is essential if good quality care is

to be achieved with ethical decision making being undertaken and negotiated within

the team (Botes 2000a; 2000b). Botes opposes a classical rational approach to

ethical decision making, suggesting that the use of universal principles embedded in

this approach is inadequate and calling for health professionals to interpret the

appropriateness of the decisions taken in each individual situation. This

interpretation requires moral agency to be undertaken by the health care

professionals involved; recognising and respecting the views of all those involved in

the negotiation and application of general principles and guidelines. Participants in

these discussions must also be aware of their own values and the impact these may

have on their contribution (Botes, 2000a; 2000b).

2.4 Conclusion

The themes identified from the literature review are linked, each impacting on and

informing the other. Resolution of ethical dilemmas occurs within the context of

professional codes and policy directives that govern individual and collective

behaviour. Moral distress and the tensions between conflict and collaboration

Page 63: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

62

emerge as consequences of the difficulty nurses [and other health professionals]

face in attempting to achieve ethical decision making in practice.

Situations where moral distress is experienced by nurses include where care is

perceived to be restricted by national and organisational policy or limited resources

and when there is conflict within the health care team (Ulrich et al., 2010). Conflict

occurs between nurses and other health care professionals particularly when nurses

are not involved in decision making but are required to deliver a plan of care which

they feel is unethical. This may be because the care delivered is contrary to the

patient’s wishes and value system or where treatment appears to be causing pain or

prolonging suffering (Corley, 2002). The impact of moral distress for some nurses

can result in burn out and moral insensitivity or in the nurse leaving the profession

(Corley, 2002; Hardingham, 2004; Ulrich et al., 2010; Palvish et al., 2011). Moral

distress has the potential to impact negatively on the standards of care received by

patients (Ulrich et al., 2010). Furthermore, the effects may also impact negatively on

professional relationships and nurses’ personal relationships (Kain, 2007).

Ethical practice amongst nurses is viewed as relational in the shifting context of

health care and nursing practice (Varcoe et al., 2004). Conflict of values may occur

with patients, peers and managers, causing moral distress and challenge to nurses’

ethical decision making (Corley et al., 2002). Effective communication is essential if

solutions are to be found and appropriate decisions made in relation to ethical

dilemmas that arise within a patient’s plan of care (Palvish et al., 2011).

Page 64: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

63

The Code (NMC, 2008) indicates that nurses must ‘Make the care of people your

first concern, treating them as individuals and respecting their dignity’ (page 3) and

‘Provide a high standard of practice and care at all times’ (page 6). This indicates

that nurses have a professional duty to engage in ethical decision making. Thus,

codes of ethics for nurses attempt to provide the basis of professional and ethical

practice. Critical discussions of prior research presented in this chapter support the

argument that although these codes may appear to be the cornerstone of ethical

practice they appear to provide little guidance for individual ethical dilemmas.

However, Banks (2003) indicates that this approach facilitates the nurse as moral

agent to make decisions based on principles rather than fixed directives.

Standards of care and ethics are viewed by Palvish et al. (2011) as inseparable,

therefore, when minimum standards of care are not met, ‘ethical concerns’ arise.

These authors go on to suggest that ‘ethical concerns’ are thought to be increased

when a patient is particularly vulnerable and has multiple diagnoses and, in this

context, nurses are both willing and able to contribute to ethical decision-making.

Since the introduction of Project 2000, nurses have been educated in ethics and

critical thinking skills to support the application of ethical principles, therefore acting

as moral agents rather than applying strict rules (Varcoe et al., 2004).

Nurses’ ability to influence policy and treatment regimens for patients when ethical

dilemmas occur in practice may be affected by professional and organisational

hierarchical structures. It may therefore be that nurses are inclined to make

decisions based on convention and policy, (Dierckx de Casterle, et al., 2010).

Page 65: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

64

Corley (2002), however, indicates that some nurses ‘bend’ the rules to promote

patient wellbeing.

Nurses are frequently faced with ethical dilemmas in practice, however they may

experience moral distress which can remain unresolved when they feel excluded

from the decision making process and are uncomfortable with the outcome. The

conflict that occurs is predominately between doctor and nurse, however

organisational policy and the lack of resources also have an impact on standards of

care and on nursing decision-making.

2.5 The aim of the study

In Chapter 1 this thesis set out to identify the values, beliefs and contextual

influences that inform decision making and the contribution made by registered

nurses in achieving the resolution of ethical dilemmas in nursing practice.

In Chapter 1 a theoretical framework was introduced that set out a staged approach

to ethical decision making the nurse through from moral reasoning to action. This

chapter has developed the context in which the theoretical framework may be

applied, identifying, through the literature, professional codes and policy as well as

moral distress, conflict and collaboration. There appears to be a lack of clarity

regarding ethical decision making within the context of secondary care nursing

practice and the need for greater understanding of the concept of moral distress

within nursing. The aim and objectives of the study are therefore confirmed as:

Page 66: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

65

Aim of the study:

To identify the values, beliefs and contextual influences that inform decision making

and the contribution made by registered nurses in achieving the resolution of ethical

dilemmas in nursing practice.

Objectives

1. Identify underpinning values and beliefs which impact on nurses’ ethical

decision making and moral action.

2. Critically discuss new themes which are generated from the data in the light of

current literature.

3. Identify the contextual influences which impact on nurses’ ethical decision

making and moral action.

4. Discuss the implications of the study findings for future nursing practice.

Page 67: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

66

Chapter 3 – Study Design

3.0 Study design/ Methodological justification

Qualitative exploratory research was considered the most appropriate approach for

this study. A descriptive approach might result in describing the phenomena of

interest and this provides the initial justification for the approach to methods within

this study. However, in order to understand the full nature of the phenomena within

the identified context, a broad exploratory approach was taken, encompassing tenets

of an interpretative approach to data collection and analysis. (Denzin and Lincoln,

2003; Parahoo, 2006; Polit and Beck, 2008). Those tenets did not encompass

issues of saturation and, therefore, sampling was not based on this and was more

consistent with, for example, a ‘descriptive phenomenological’ methodology

(Colaizzi, 1973; Mason, 2010). The processes of data analysis in this study were

designed to facilitate comprehensive interpretation of the data. It was considered

that selecting a single approach might result in excluding certain aspects from the

analysis and interpretations (Morse and Chung, 2003). By using a flexible approach

it was envisaged that the process of analysis used would facilitate interpretations

that brought understanding, not only of what nurses do when addressing ethical

dilemmas but why they act in this way, what it is that informs their reasoning and

decision making (Denzin and Lincoln, 2008).

3.1 Data collection

Following a pilot study to determine the most appropriate data collection method, it

was decided that the main study would utilise semi-structured interviews of a

purposively selected sample, based on the population sampling strategy outlined

later in this chapter (Gerrish and Lacey, 2006; Polit and Beck, 2008; Burns and

Page 68: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

67

Grove, 2009). Field notes made during and following interviews would be used as

additional data (Polit and Beck, 2008).

3.2 Pilot study

The pilot study was undertaken from January 2009 to September 2009. The findings

of this resulted in some changes to the original project design and the guiding

questions developed for data collection.

The pilot study was used to evaluate the selected data collection method and to

check that the selected approach would result in the collection of appropriate data to

inform the study (Silverman, 2010). This was a small pilot study as the nature of this

project was time and resource limited. Once sufficient data had been collected to

indicate any changes required in the approach and provide some indication as to the

availability of data, the pilot study was concluded (Parahoo, 2006; Polit and Beck,

2008; Bowling, 2009; Burns and Grove, 2009). Three participants were involved in

the pilot study. The pilot study interviews were completed using guiding questions,

which were consequently amended. Flexibility regarding how to use and phrase

these guiding questions varied as the focus was driven by the participant (Pilot and

Beck, 2008; Burns and Grove, 2009; Hennick et al., 2011). This was important as

one aim of the study was to understand not only what nurses do in relation to ethical

dilemmas but what it is that informs these actions or contributions.

3.2a Pilot study: Ethical approval

Ethical approval was granted by the School of Human and Health Sciences

Research Ethics Panel and the Head of Department where the pilot study was

Page 69: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

68

conducted. This provided access to employees within a specific academic

department and facilitated the evaluation of the data collection methods. All

participants were provided with the information required to gain informed consent.

All data was anonymised and stored securely. It is important that where live

participants are involved, informed consent is sought and confidential data is treated

in line with the Data Protection Act 1998.

3.2b Pilot study: Participant recruitment

Pilot study participants were recruited from registered nurses working as lecturers

within nurse education. It was important that pilot participants reflected the target

population for the main study (Hennick et.al., 2011) therefore a purposive targeted

approach was used. Three participants with recent experience as nurses within

secondary care provision were specifically recruited.

Sample frame for the pilot study:

Registered nurse on the NMC register.

Have worked within the secondary care provision.

Recruited voluntarily

Able to provide informed consent.

Available to participate within the specified time frame.

3.2c Pilot study: Data collection

Audio recording of semi structured interviews was used; this allowed the participant

the freedom to tell their personal story within the context of their practice. It also

facilitated the capturing of the full extent of their experience (Holloway and

Page 70: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

69

Freshwater, 2007; Silverman, 2010). The length and direction of the interview

remained participant driven; the guiding questions and prompts were only used when

participants required encouragement to further explore their experiences. Each

interview lasted between 30 and 45 minutes (Polit and Beck, 2008).

Guiding questions used for the pilot:

1. Can you tell me about an ethical dilemma you have faced in your recent

clinical practice?

2. What exactly happened?

3. What did you do?

4. How did this make you feel?

Whilst undertaking the pilot study it became clear that this provided an opportunity

for the researcher to develop interview skills, becoming familiar and more

comfortable with the situation and process (Silverman, 2010). Having undertaken

the pilot study researcher confidence was increased and strategies were developed

to ensure participants felt comfortable (Silverman, 2010).

Data collection was conducted after obtaining informed consent. The interviews

were conducted in a private office away from any interruptions. Participants were

given the participant information sheet (see Appendix 4) and provided with time and

opportunity to ask questions and discuss any concerns they might have prior to

signing the consent form (see Appendix 5). Participants were advised that they

might withdraw from the study at any time and if they wished recording to stop at any

Page 71: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

70

stage in the interview they should just indicate this. All participants had access to

university counselling services should this have been required.

Field notes and personal reflections were undertaken by the researcher to inform the

development of the research skills associated with data collection and analysis

(Holloway, 2005).

3.2d Pilot study: Data analysis

Initial descriptive data analysis of the pilot study interviews identified the broad

themes detailed below. Interactional dimensions within the accounts were also

identified. These were explored further within the main study.

In order to facilitate data analysis a verbatim transcript was made. The transcript

was presented to the participant to ensure this was a true reflection of their personal

experience. Once agreed, the thematic analysis and interactional analysis were

undertaken, supported by the use of Nvivo 8 software package.

Analysis was undertaken by the primary researcher, which involved verbatim

transcription in the first instance. Though this was time consuming the decision to

undertake this was made as it provided an opportunity to become familiar with the

data and begin analysis.

Thematic analysis was used initially as this breaks the data into separate

components, facilitating comparison between transcripts and the identification of any

emerging common themes (Polit and Beck, 2008). Dismantling of the data is the first

Page 72: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

71

stage of analysis followed by reassembling of the themes resulting in the

interpretation of the data (Hennick et al., 2011). In this case the researcher had

experience of ethical dilemma resolution in this context which might have influenced

the interpretation of data. Some of the findings within the pilot study did not match

fully with this experience although they did reflect some previously observed

incidences.

3.2e Pilot study: Findings

The main themes that emerged from the pilot data were:

1. To do ‘what was best for the patient’ appears to be at the forefront of the

decision making process.

2. All the accounts identified autonomous decision-making.

3. There was an acknowledgment of accountability by each of the

participants.

Interactional aspects included:

1. Engaging with others to find a resolution.

2. All participants acknowledged that these decisions had an impact on

others, which also needed to be considered.

3. Whilst the participants acknowledged the importance of collaborative

working, there appeared to be a belief that ‘management’, or ‘the powers

that be’, placed constraints on their practice through policy,.

Recommendations:

1. Guiding questions required reviewing and further development

Page 73: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

72

2. To continue with the main study as described above.

3.3 The Study

The study was undertaken in a single NHS Trust across two sites. This provided

access to nurses working in a variety of roles, with a range of experience and levels

of responsibility, within secondary care provision.

3.3a Population

In this case the total population was all registered nurses, from all fields of nursing,

working within the United Kingdom within the context of secondary care provision.

The Nursing and Midwifery Council in 2010 had 676,547 nurses on the register

(NMC, 2010b). Nurses work in primary care, secondary care and in associated

fields such as education and management. The target population was those

registered nurses working in a single acute NHS Trust, which is referred to as The

Trust throughout this paper, from which the sample population was drawn (Gerrish

and Lacey, 2006).

3.3b Sampling strategy

Inclusion criteria

Registered nurse on the NMC register.

Working within secondary care provision.

Recruited voluntarily.

Able to provide informed consent.

Available to participate within the specified time frame.

Page 74: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

73

Purposive sampling was used to recruit the participants. It was important to ensure

that there was the potential to recruit participants with a range of diverse experiences

to facilitate conceptual generalisation and to strengthen the validity of the study

(Gerrish and Lacey, 2006). In total, including the pilot and main study 11 participants

were recruited.

Given the broad nature of the approach in this study, and that there is a longitudinal,

equivocal debate in the literature of the notion of an appropriate sample range, depth

and size in qualitative research, it is considered pertinent to briefly critically discuss

this aspect of the design (Sandelowski 1995; Marshall 1996; Curtis et al., 2000;

Mason, 2010). Much has been written on the subject of sample size in qualitative

research studies, with little consensus as to whether it is an appropriate discussion

per se, what constitutes a ‘size, or indeed what that ‘size’ might mean (Curtis et al.,

2000). Sandelowski (1995) has discussed that sample size may well indeed be

important in qualitative research, however he also states that it rests within the area

of researcher judgement and experience, the particulars of an individually designed

study and the depth of the data to be collected. Authors have also attempted to

provide guides as to appropriate sample sizes against particular approaches with, for

example, phenomenology indicating a size of anywhere between 5 and 25 (Creswell,

1998; Mason, 2010). What is argued here, within the justified, broad exploratory

approach to this study, is that the important drivers for the purposive sampling

procedure detailed in this chapter were the ranges of experience, perception and

depth of individual narratives rather than notions of saturation or a ‘pseudo-scientific’

application of ‘representativeness’ .

Page 75: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

74

3.3c Recruitment

The planned process of recruitment was followed from within The Trust. In the first

instance clinical area managers were approached in writing, including a copy of the

participant information. The aim was to gain permission to visit the clinical area to

talk to registered nurses who might consider participating in the study. After several

meetings to introduce the study to prospective participants a number of volunteers

were identified.

Participants were recruited from a variety of areas within The Trust, which included

general medicine, vascular surgery, general surgery, intensive care, care of the older

person and children's services. The participants had a range of professional

backgrounds and experience. Some trained and worked in a single Trust, others had

worked in a variety of Trusts, potentially giving them broader and different

perspectives. Experience ranged from 2 years to 40 years. The sample consisted of

Staff Nurses, Junior Charge Nurses and Senior Charge Nurses, all of whom worked

clinically. All but one of the participants was female.

Whilst the sample frame above provided some level of purposive sampling, this did

not include precise selection in relation to educational background or experience.

Participants recruited were initially assigned a code then for the purposes of

presenting the findings, a pseudonym.

Page 76: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

75

Table 1: Participant Profile

Participant

code

Practice area

Experience Pseudonym

P01 Medicine for the older

person / acute

assessment

Charge Nurse 30 years

experience

Sam

P02 Medicine for the older

person / acute

assessment

Deputy Charge Nurse

2.5 years experience

Chris

P03 Children’s Services Charge Nurse 40 years

experience

Ashley

P04 Surgery

Staff Nurse 30 years

experience

Charlie

P05 Surgery Charge Nurse 20 years

experience

Brooke

P06 Surgery Staff Nurse 2 years

experience

Jordan

P07 Surgery Staff Nurse 9 years

experience

Jo

P08 Intensive care unit Charge Nurse 10 years

experience

Nicky

P09 Rehabilitation Staff Nurse 25 years

experience

Lee

P10 Acute medicine Staff Nurse 18 years

experience

Drew

P11 Care of the older

person

Charge Nurse 26 years

experience

Ross

Page 77: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

76

3.3d Ethical considerations

As this research involved interviewing live participants and the discussion of

sensitive situations relating to National Health Service patients and other National

Health Service staff, it was important that appropriate ethical approval was obtained

(Polit and Beck, 2008). Ethical approval from the National Research Ethics

Committee and the School of Human and Health Sciences Research Ethics Panel

was granted. A letter of access was provided by The Trust Research and

Development Unit.

Participants were fully informed of the purpose of the study and provided with

information about this prior to consenting to participate (see Appendix 6). Written

informed consent was obtained from the participants prior to the interview

commencing (see Appendix 7) (King and Horrocks, 2010).

One volunteer chose to withdraw following the commencement of the interview as

she felt that it was difficult to discuss some of the decisions in which she was

involved; this individual had approximately four years practice and worked in acute

settings prior to the situation in which she was employed at the time of the interview..

All data collected was treated confidentially; each participant was allocated a

reference number and all personal data kept separate from the collected audio

recording and transcription. All recording and transcription files were password

protected. All printed transcriptions and consent forms were stored in a locked

cabinet on the University of Huddersfield premises, in a location that had restricted

access.

Page 78: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

77

The Trust’s staff counselling service was accessible for any participant who might

have experienced psychological or emotional distress following the interview. An

attempt to minimise this risk was made by asking participants to identify the

experiences they wished to share and discouraging them from sharing anything they

were uncomfortable with. None of the participants reported having suffered any

psychological distress from participating in the study.

3.3e Data collection

Data were collected from registered nurses currently practising in the context of

secondary care, recruited from The Trust. There were a variety of data collection

approaches available within the qualitative paradigm. The aim of these approaches

is to access the rich source of data required to explore qualitative issues; these

include individual perspectives and experiences (Grbich, 1999; Denzin and Lincoln,

2003; Parahoo, 2006; Polit and Beck, 2008; Bowling, 2009; Burns and Grove, 2009).

Semi structured interviews were used to capture the nurses’ experience, told in their

own words from a personal perspective. This was particularly useful here as this

type of data provided insight into the participants’ perspectives about the ’why and

how’ within a situation (Gerrish and Lacey, 2006; Bowling, 2009). Interviews of this

nature, however, can be time consuming to undertake and to analyse (Polit and

Beck, 2008; Burns and Grove, 2009). A time consuming aspect of this approach

was not only the interview; on occasions more than one visit to the practice setting

was required as the demands of the clinical environment can quickly change and

Page 79: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

78

where an acute situation had arisen a new appointment was made to ensure that the

research process did not impact negatively on service provision and patient care.

The interview process provided the opportunity to build rapport with the participant

and so encourage the participant to disclose more about their experiences (King and

Horrocks, 2011). Participants were put at their ease. To help achieve this the

interviews undertaken were performed face to face and followed an informal path,

using guiding questions to provide the interviewer with tools with which to support an

engagement of conversation between participant and interviewer (Polit and Beck,

2008; Burns and Grove, 2009). Efforts were made to keep the interview process

participant led, as it was important that the data collected reflected the participants’

perspectives. This provided participants with the freedom to explore and focus on

issues which were of importance to them within the experience they had chosen to

discuss. The aim was to capture the participants’ personal experiences, their

interpretation of those experiences and to identify the meaning the participants had

attached to the personal experiences discussed (Holloway, 2005; Gerrish and Lacey,

2006; Parahoo, 2006).

The very first stages of data analysis began during the interview, with the very first

interview indicating some of the themes to be explored (Hennick et al., 2011).

The physical environment is also important when undertaking interviews. The

participant and interviewer should feel physically and psychologically comfortable. If

the participant feels uncomfortable this may result in limited responses to the

interview questions (King and Horrocks, 2011). Interruptions and disturbances can

Page 80: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

79

also result in limited data collection as the participant may lose their train of thought,

as might the interviewer. It is important to ensure that sufficient time is available to

put the participant at ease, obtain informed consent and allow for the participant’s

questions prior to commencing the interview and for possible discussion following

the interview (King and Horrocks, 2011). Therefore, one and a half hours were

allowed for the whole process.

In this instance participants were interviewed in their place of work as this was most

convenient for them. A quiet place was identified and a ‘Please do not disturb’ notice

was situated on the door to the room. Some instances of disturbance did occur but

only when the participant was needed to attend to patient matters urgently. When

working with registered nurses who have a responsibility for patient care this may be

an issue, however it was acknowledged at the beginning of each interview as

unavoidable.

Guiding questions used for the main study

Once the pilot study interviews were completed and the pilot data analysed, the

guiding questions were amended to include further probing questions. These

questions were used flexibly according to how the interview was progressing and to

maintain a participant centered approach, ensuring that the content was driven by

the participant (Gerrish and Lacey, 2006).

Following the use of an opening question about the participant’s background and

experience as a registered nurse, which was designed to help them become more

Page 81: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

80

relaxed with the interview process, the following introductory open question was

used.

‘Can you tell me about an ethical dilemma you have faced in your recent

clinical practice, within the last three years?’

Once the participant had begun to share their experience the following questions

were used as required:

1. What exactly happened?

2. How did this make you feel?

Why do you think you felt this way?

3. What did you do?

4. What made you act the way you did?

5. What was the final outcome?

Were you happy with this?

3.3f Data analysis

This research falls within the interpretive paradigm as described by Hennick et al.

(2011) as the ethical dilemmas discussed occurred within the context of nursing

practice which has a professional, cultural and personal dimension. The process of

analysis was undertaken as planned, following verbatim transcription of the recorded

narrative. The transcribed documents were repeatedly read whilst listening to the

audio recordings. This was undertaken firstly to correct any transcription errors

which may have occurred and secondly to ensure familiarity with the data collected.

The aim of analysis in qualitative research is to repeatedly scrutinise the data to

Page 82: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

81

identify meaning and bring understanding so as to recognise emerging themes and

theory (Polit and Beck, 2008). Listening to the transcripts ensured that emphasis

and indications of any emotion or uncertainty were appreciated and acknowledged in

the analysis of the data collected (Hennick et al., 2011). The transcribed documents

were then imported into Nvivo 8 for analysis.

Computerised software selection

The software was used for coding data according to emergent themes and retrieval

of coded sections. Theory construction was undertaken through critical analysis

undertaken by the researcher. There are benefits and disadvantages which needed

to be considered when deciding to use computerised software to support the

analysis of qualitative data (Polit and Beck, 2008; Riessman, 2008). Computerised

software can be used to support a variety of data formats - written, audio and video

data - and may also be used for coding of data during analysis, as it has been within

this study. It may also be used to support theory construction (Lewins and Silver,

2007). Conceptualisation of the theoretical framework was not undertaken using

computerised software.

Analysis and consequent interpretation of the collected data were undertaken using

two recognised approaches:

Thematic analysis

The objective of thematic analysis is to identify themes from within the transcript

considering what is being said (rather than to whom it is being said) and the purpose

of the engagement, (Riessman, 2008).

Page 83: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

82

Coding themes as they emerge from the data was the approach selected and used

in the initial stages of data analysis, providing a description of the situations

discussed and the actions taken by the nurses taking part (Silverman, 2010).

Analysis involved reading the transcript several times to become familiar with the

data and to identify the emergent themes (Polit and Beck, 2008). An inductive

approach was undertaken as the data analysis was ongoing whilst data was being

collected (Hennick et al., 2011). Themes were named by the researcher to indicate

their meaning.

As more data was analysed it became apparent that subthemes could be identified.

These are discussed within the results in Chapters 4 to 8. Data collection was

concluded after the 11 interviews from the main and pilot studies. Data collected

from pilot study participants reflect that collected within the main study. At this point

the data collected from participants contained a number of common themes and it

was evident that there were sufficient data to address the study aim with some level

of confidence. Conducting further interviews may have resulted in redundant data

and would have been an inappropriate use of participants’ time (Burns and Grove,

2009).

Interactional analysis

Interactional analysis was also performed to place the contribution nurses make to

resolving ethical dilemmas in the context of nursing practice and to examine how the

relationships and culture within that practice area have impacted on the contribution

made (Holloway and Freshwater, 2007).

Page 84: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

83

Content analysis

One ethical dilemma from Charlie’s account was selected to be viewed as a whole

(see chapter 9) and the process of content analysis was undertaken; this also

facilitated the examination of decision making, relationship development and the

articulation of the contribution made by Charlie (Holloway and Freshwater, 2007).

The accounts provided by the participants help to bring an understanding of the

context and to recognise the individuals within each account. These accounts are not

simply descriptions; they are filled with emotion, values and interpretation on the part

of the participants (Holloway and Freshwater, 2007).

The analysis provided the opportunity to develop an understanding of the whole

process and the complexity of the decisions undertaken when addressing ethical

dilemmas in nursing practice. In doing so it offers a critical revision of the theoretical

framework which is outlined in Chapters 9 and 10. This type of analysis allows for

understanding of the participant’s view of the incident as a whole (Holloway and

Freshwater, 2007) rather than as separate components to be examined individually,

as has been undertaken in the thematic analysis.

These accounts have the potential to help recognise the meaning of the routine

activities undertaken, for the participant as much as for the researcher (Holloway and

Freshwater, 2007). The sharing of an experience can act as a form of reflection,

bringing new understandings to previous experiences (Holloway and Freshwater,

2007). This was particularly evident for pilot study participant Ross who stated:

Page 85: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

84

‘Probably it was in hindsight, reflecting on it now which I have not done for a

while probably happened correctly.’ Ross

3.3g Validity and reliability

There has been much debate regarding validity and reliability in qualitative work.

Some authors prefer the terms credibility and dependability (Denzin and Lincoln,

2003), whilst others argue that the terminology should remain the same, only the

processes by which this is judged should differ (Long and Johnson, 2000). The main

point is that the research should evidence precautions made to ensure that the

research has been rigorously performed.

Key aspects undertaken to increase rigour were:

Reflexivity

A reflective diary was kept throughout, which included key decisions; this was used

to facilitate reflexivity within this research. Reflexivity within narrative research

should be continuous, the researcher reflecting during each stage of the research

process (Holloway and Freshwater, 2007). This reflectivity helped to recognise

relationships with the participants; in this case some had been students and some

worked on areas where the researcher was the educational link with the university,

therefore a previous relationship already existed. Also, the recognition of personal

responses to some of the incidents discussed generated comparisons with the

professional experiences and values of the researcher. The researcher’s own

experience had resulted in a limited personal understanding of the contribution

nurses make to the addressing of ethical dilemmas in practice and, therefore, care

Page 86: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

85

was taken to recognise this. The researcher’s personal experience as a nurse also

influenced the aim of the study.

Peer review experts in the field

The results of the study and the transcripts of interviews were discussed within

supervisory sessions (Long and Johnson, 2000). Both supervisors were registered

nurses and experienced researchers.

The pilot study and provisional findings were presented and discussed at a

European Doctorate Students Research Conference. The abstract and a copy of the

PowerPoint presentation can be viewed in Appendix 8. This provided the opportunity

to discuss key aspects of the study (Long and Johnson, 2000).

The study was reviewed at key progression points through the life of the study, which

included the critical review of the study design, data collection and preliminary

findings by a group of internal panel members selected by the University of

Huddersfield research department. This also provided the opportunity to discuss any

amendment that might have contributed to improving rigour (Long and Johnson,

2000).

A keynote presentation was undertaken at the Undergraduate Student Research

Conference for the Department of Health Sciences. This was attended by both

academic staff and undergraduate students who were given the opportunity to

question and discuss the points raised within the presentation. (see Appendix 9).

Page 87: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

86

Aspects of data collection

The sampling frame was designed so that appropriate participants were recruited.

The purposive approach helped to ensure the recruitment of participants from a

range of backgrounds with differing types and length of experience (Gerrish and

Lacey, 2006).

The audio taping of interviews for transcripts was undertaken to ensure accurate

records were maintained (Polit and Beck, 2008).

3.4 Summary

In order to address the aims and objectives of the study a qualitative design has

been adopted to undertake semi-structured interviews with 11 nurses from a

secondary care context. Themes emerging from the analysis will be explored in

Chapters 4 -9.

Page 88: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

87

Chapter 4- Results

4.0 Results: Demography and Introduction to Findings

Chapter 4 presents detailed demographic information about the participants who

completed the interviews and introduces the initial themes, which are fully critically

presented in separate chapters.

4.1 Participant profile

The participant profile summarised in Table 1, Chapter 3, shows that the sample

included nurses with a variety of different experiences. The summary does not

indicate the participants’ educational profile or gender; the reasons for this and the

impact this has on the results are discussed further in Chapter 11, Limitations to the

study. All but one participant were female; the male participant has not been

identified in the Table below to help maintain the anonymity of the participants.

4.2 Results of thematic analysis

As explained in Chapter 3, thematic analysis of the interview transcripts was

undertaken followed by theoretical analysis. Prior to analysis all participants were

allocated a non-gender specific name. The term `charge nurse` is used for both

charge nurses and ward sisters. Where direct quotes from participant transcripts are

used they are presented in single spaced italic font with the participant’s pseudonym

alongside to indicate which account it has been taken from.

Each of the complex accounts contained several key themes and subthemes. These

are discussed in detail in Chapters 5 – 8. The themes were developed throughout

Page 89: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

88

the process of analysis. Analysis of the pilot data resulted in a broad number of

themes:

Feeling

Rationale for decision-making

Personal Responsibility

Outcome

Beliefs and Values

Problem Identification

Conflict and Collaboration

Compromised practice

Action

Accountability

Policy.

Following thematic analysis of all the interview data these initial themes were further

developed into themes and sub themes. The main themes and subthemes are listed

in Table 2 below.

It was evident from all the accounts that the patients’ best interests were at the

forefront of nurses’ decision making. However, nurses identified that there were

constraints on their decision-making and action as they took into account the needs

of others. The impact of any decision regarding one patient’s best interests on others

in their care and issues in relation to national and local policy had the potential to

limit resources within the context of their practice.

Page 90: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

89

Table 2: Themes from the thematic analysis

Results for each of the main themes are discussed in the sections below:

Best for the patient: (see Chapter 5).

This section includes an examination of participants’ accounts where they expressly

talked about how they strove to achieve the best outcome for the patient and where

they adopted the role of advocate and they explained how they strive to maintain or

improve standards of patient care.

Accountability: (see Chapter 6).

Participants’ accounts articulated their personal or professional accountability.

Although not all participants referred directly to accountability, each participant

Tree code Sub code Final Free codes

Best for the patient Advocacy. Standards of care

Values Determination

Accountability Autonomy Duty Actions

Problem identification

Collaboration and conflict

Nurse Manager Doctor Patient. Patient relatives. Other health care professionals

Resources Policy

Concern for others Nurse Manager Doctor Patient. Patient relatives. Other health care professionals

Professionalism Consequences

Page 91: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

90

expressed a willingness to justify their decision to whoever wished to question or

challenge it.

Professionalism was identified as influencing the way in which nurses behave; when

participants felt that other nurses had not behaved in a professional manner this was

seen as a cause for concern, as discussed by both Sam and Drew in their accounts.

Collaboration and conflict: (see Chapter 7)

Collaboration and conflict were identified within all the participant accounts. This

helped to bring understanding to the context within which these nurses work and the

importance of the relationships between themselves, the patients and their families

and other health care professionals. Nurses’ relationships with others appear to have

a strong influence on the contribution nurses make to resolving ethical dilemmas.

Concern for others: (see Chapter 8)

Throughout the interviews participants expressed a strong duty of care to their

patients. However, the analysis contains evidence that although what is best for the

patient is foremost in their minds and decision making, the impact of this on other

people, including other patients, patients’ families and other health care

professionals, is also a consideration.

Charlie’s story (see Chapter 9)

This chapter presents on ethical encounter, in context, discussed by Charlie, an

experienced staff nurse who was charged with selecting a patient to be transferred to

a non-specialist area so that an acutely unwell individual could be admitted to the

Page 92: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

91

specialist ward. In Chapter 9 themes are highlighted and some of the theory

underpinning Charlie’s decisions and action. The most important aspect of Chapter 9

is, however, to identify and explore where the relationships are developed and how

they impact on the nurse’s ability to contribute to both ethical decision-making and

undertaking moral action. This contributes to a re-conceptualisation of the theoretical

framework outlined in Chapter 1.

This chapter has detailed the profile of the participants and initial themes; the

following Chapters 5 – 8 present the results of the thematic analysis.

Page 93: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

92

Chapter 5 - Best for the patient

The participants were asked to reflect on an ethical dilemma in practice; all of them

explained how the dilemma they were facing impacted on patient care and it was

often this that was the driver behind the decision making and actions they took. The

interest of patients was an overriding theme and clearly at the forefront of their

thinking when faced with ethical dilemmas. The participants talked at length about

how they strive to meet the needs of patients and maintain standards of care whilst

respecting individual patients’ wishes. Participants clearly articulated and were

passionate about that which they understood to be in the best interests of, or ‘best

for’, the patients. Although this may appear paternalistic, it is evident from

participants’ detailed accounts of their actions that this was not the case.

Chris explained how, when faced with the complex discharge of a patient, the

nursing contribution was informed:

‘It's knowing, I don't know it's your conscience isn't it? Knowing that if he did go home that he'd end up in the same position or worse, or dead, you know. It's massive, you know, you wouldn't want that for anyone. You wouldn't want that for your own family would you, so.... It's like being an advocate for somebody and getting the best and it would have been easier to do that, but it's not always the best thing for the patient is it?’ Chris

Ross concluded that :

‘I have had a few ethical dilemmas at the end of the day I always considered the patients was uppermost and that justified my position’ Ross

Ross and Chris demonstrated the ways in which all of the participants explained how

the principle of ‘best for the patient’ guided them to advocate for patients and

Page 94: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

93

promote patient autonomy. The next section demonstrates how they understood

patient autonomy and how the nurse’s role as advocate facilitates achieving what is

best for the patient.

5.1. Advocacy

Advocacy influences the standards of care received by individual patients; those who

are able to be autonomous can speak for themselves, but where appropriate, an

advocate should be identified and empowered to influence decisions making

regarding treatment and care (Hawley, 2007). Many of the participants explained

how they advocated for patients and promoted patient autonomy.

Advocacy is the support for a person or cause; in this case it is patient advocacy as

the nurse supports patients’ wishes and assists in self-determination, promoting

autonomy (Hyland, 2002). Autonomy is linked to dignity in that the ability to maintain

one’s dignity is influenced by the amount of power or control one has over the

situation (Hyland, 2002). This is not to say that those who lack capacity to make

autonomous decisions do not have moral worth [as perceived by another and felt by

the individual], as such, they should be treated with dignity (Gallagher, 2004).

Advocacy is not, however, a simple process of representing the patient’s wishes.

The patient’s capacity to make decisions and the nurse’s role as advocate have to

be considered within the nurse’s duty of care and the impact the decision and

consequential actions may have on others (Hyland, 2002).

Chris’s account of a complex discharge home, in which a patient’s capacity to make

a decision was assessed as a ‘best interest decision’ (MCA, 2005), illustrates the

Page 95: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

94

nurse’s role in advocacy. Chris felt that the patient did have capacity; the family

however felt that he did not. Chris, to be sure of the patient’s level of capacity and

recognising that the family might know the patient better than a nurse did, decided to

contact the social work team to assess the patient’s capacity.

‘People jumping in and making the decision for him, I didn't want that to happen that's why I pushed for a Best Interests Assessment,’ Chris

Best Interests decisions have been defined within the Mental Capacity Act (MCA,

2005) as ones which take into account the patient’s beliefs and values, if known, and

where possible the patient must be encouraged to be involved in the decision

making process. The least restrictive option is the preferred option; that which is

going to cause least disruption or conflict with the patient’s wishes or what his wishes

would be if able to engage fully with the decision making process (MCA, 2005). In

Chris’s account the patient was considered to be vulnerable when in his own home

and therefore re-housing was an option he and the health care team could consider.

In this situation, the action undertaken by Chris promotes patient autonomy by

advocating for the patient, providing information, involving social services and

ensuring the patient was aware of the options. Chris ensured the patient was

involved in the decision making as far as possible even though the assessment

indicated that he did not have capacity to make his decisions independently in this

particular situation.

‘I don't think he realised the other things that could happen, he could be re-housed, he could go to short term accommodation while he waited to be re-housed, things like that, so I don't think he fully understood his options’. Chris

In an examination of the two concepts of, patient autonomy and patient advocacy

Hyland (2002) suggests that advocacy is not a role that belongs uniquely to nurses.

Page 96: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

95

It does, however, as demonstrated through the participant accounts, form part of the

nurse’s role. To advocate for an individual patient in this context includes

representing them in case conferences or promoting the patient’s autonomy by

ensuring they have all the facts and understand the implications of their decisions.

Advocating for the patient may include defending a patient’s informed decision even

where this may appear unwise (Hyland, 2002).

In Chris’s account the patient initially wanted to go home, whereas the patient’s

family and the health care team felt he was vulnerable to abuse from neighbours and

local youths, as there had been incidences in the past. By simply accepting the

decision Chris might have failed to fulfil the duty of care that nurses and other health

care professionals have (Dimond, 2008). Alternatively, as Chris expressed above, it

would be equally wrong for others to take all control and make decisions for the

patient without his involvement. The conflict between promoting patient autonomy

and maintaining patient safety engaged Chris’s ‘conscience’, as going home involved

a risk to this patient’s welfare and was potentially harmful to him and this raised

concerns about his capacity

Although Chris felt the patient had capacity, he recognised that the patient did not

fully understand the situation, possible outcomes and what options were available to

him. Verkerk (2001) explores what he describes as ‘compassionate interfering’ or

‘rational autonomy’ in caring relationships. This has become topical in the

Netherlands as care is becoming increasingly delivered in the community, as it is in

the United Kingdom (Darzi, 2008). The risk is that those who are most vulnerable or

Page 97: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

96

wary of the health and social care system fail to receive much needed care (Verkerk,

2001).

Duty of care is the duty a nurse has to protect patients from harm and promote

independence; patients should be no worse off after receiving nursing care than they

were beforehand (Cuthbert and Quallington, 2008). Decisions need to be made on

an individual basis dependant on the patient, the situation and the level of risk. The

Code (NMC, 2008) requires nurses to advocate for people in their care, supporting

them to access information and services, emphasising the importance of respecting

their choices and preferences by listening to their concerns (NMC, 2008).

Minimising harm and risk are also addressed within The Code (NMC, 2008) requiring

nurses to practise using the best available evidence and to report if a patient has

been or is at risk of harm.

Chris had clearly listened to the patient and his preferences, identifying that although

he appeared to have capacity and though his decisions might have appeared

unwise, they were his preferences. Working with the multi disciplinary team and the

patient’s family, there appeared to be doubt about his capacity; therefore an

independent advocate was engaged to support the patient. Collaboration is

discussed further in Chapter 7.

Chris recognised personal limitations within this situation and was supporting the

patient’s rights and respecting the patient’s choices, both of which are required of the

nurse within The Code (NMC, 2008). The patient’s capacity, in this case, to make

decisions was compromised and his understanding of the situation was limited.

Page 98: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

97

When fully supported and informed the patient chose to be re-housed, a decision he

felt happy with; the risks to him had been reduced through re-housing in a safer

locality.

‘His daughters were happy, he was happy, I was happy, Social Services were probably happy.’ Chris

Thus, although Chris was initially unhappy with the proposed course of action, the

process of negotiation, discussion and assessment of capacity led to a decision that

was acceptable to all and, most importantly, respected the patient’s right to make his

own decision. Advocacy is understood as representing the patient’s viewpoint,

values and beliefs (Cuthbert and Quallington, 2008).

Advocacy can become more complicated when caring for children. In an account

shared by Ashley, a children’s nurse, caring for a young teenager, Ashley had to

make tough decisions about how to best advocate for a patient. Ashley described

how nurses need to balance disclosure, the patient’s vulnerability, requests for

confidentiality and the risk of jeopardising family relationships (especially the impact

this will have on the child) in relation to concern for the child’s welfare.

‘........you might talk to the child and try and sort of get them to 'you really need to talk to your mum about it and ......sometimes it works and sometimes it doesn't........ you have to make that decision, and again it comes with experience and with age.....’ Ashley

In the United Kingdom there is no single piece of legislation that covers child

protection so, for any nurse working with children, not only will they need to consider

if the decisions are ethically sound but also how the law impacts on this. The main

piece of legislation is the Children’s Act (1989) which clearly states that the child’s

welfare is of paramount importance. The Children’s Act (1989) recognises that each

Page 99: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

98

case needs to be considered individually with this in mind and to assist

understanding it defines both ‘harm’ and ‘significant harm’. The National Society for

the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) has produced guidance for those

working with children, drawing together all the legislation and guidance in a single

document (NSPCC, 2012).

It was evident from Ashley’s account that less experienced nurses lacked the

confidence to make some of these decisions, whilst still recognising the importance

of these issues. When caring for a teenager whose mother appeared to be

particularly influencing her daughter, doubts were raised about the possibility that the

account provided by the mother had led to unnecessary procedures being

undertaken. Less experienced nurses consulted those with more experience:

‘younger girls [Nurses] who were working with it found it really difficult. You know, and that's probably why I know about, because they'd come and talk to us, you know the senior staff.’ Ashley

The idea highlighted here by Ashley is that nurses are able to develop the skills

required to advocate, especially in complex situations, through clinical experience

(Kohnke, 1982).

Care of the dying was identified as another complex area of practice where

participants viewed their role as advocate as important and necessary. Both Jo and

Charlie identified instances when they attempted to advocate for patients at the end

of life. Both explained how the surgical team gave instruction to administer active

curative treatment, which was felt by the patients’ families and the nurses caring for

these patients to be futile. Jo and Charlie expressed the opinion that the care of the

dying pathway should be initiated sooner to facilitate a more dignified, peaceful and

Page 100: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

99

pain free death. Jo persisted with attempts to advocate for patients for some time

before the care of the dying pathway was commenced.

‘called the registrar and the plan was to carry on for a further 24 hours of active treatment and see from there, but as the day went on the patient continued to deteriorate her breathing, more shallow, so what I did was I got a big consultant up who decided that really the patient was for care of the dying pathway, but from start to finish when they start you know.... 7 o'clock in the morning we doing this all the way up to 4 o'clock in the afternoon.’ Jo

Field notes indicated that both of these nurses felt passionate regarding the delay in

commencing the care of the dying pathway and felt that had this been commenced

earlier, the end of life experience for both the patient and family could have been

less distressing. This was evident in the way their accounts were articulated.

Also noted was the level of concern that remained with nurse participants in relation

to this issue:

‘but you know for the patient I thought it wasn't fair on the patient, he should have been with it, I don't think she would have wanted to have all what she had done to her, and her daughter didn't really either. Her daughter was saying 'I just want her to be comfortable' Jo

Charlie agreed when discussing care of the dying patient concluding:

‘I just feel that sometimes they're too late, do you know what I mean? And it was awful, the family were there and the man was in pain and we couldn't get on top of him, his chest was poor and we were struggling all day and we gave him everything, and I felt we'd done as much as we could but we were too little, too late.’

Charlie

The comments made above by Jo and Charlie reflect the literature reviewed in

Chapter 2 concerning moral distress. Nurses here have expressed how they felt

about the situation where their preferred course of action was delayed and although

they expressed their opinions in relation to patient care, they were still required to

continue with active treatment for longer periods of time than they considered to be

Page 101: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

100

appropriate (Oberle and Hughes, 2001; Dierckx de Casterle, et al., 2010; Long-

Sutehall et al., 2011).

Participants working in intensive care units identified that the withholding and

withdrawing of treatment presents nurses with personal and professional challenges

as they strive to advocate for and provide care for the dying patient. Nurses often

have to contend with conflict with the doctor who may have a different care

philosophy (Halcomb et al., 2004).

When nurses feel they fall short of their responsibilities in advocating for patients and

ensuring the best care provided for the patient, residual moral distress may occur

(Corley, 2002). Nicky, who was trying to manage the clinical area with limited

resources, highlighted the feelings experienced when managers were asking for a

nurse to be sent to another area, leaving the unit understaffed.

‘I felt like no-one was listening. Like I come on duty and try and you know

you're patients advocate.’ Nicky

Nicky’s account was full of passion for what was felt to be the right thing to do in

order to maintain standards of care and the situation.

‘So yes I do feel quite passionate, and that day really brought it home to me how let down I felt by my own workforce as a nursing establishment.’ Nicky

Conflict which occurred in all these cases is discussed in Chapter 7.

5.2. Standards of care

The second subtheme related to ‘best for the patient’ is standards of care. The

importance of maintaining high standards of care, as articulated by participants in

Page 102: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

101

their accounts, is also recognised in the literature. Nurses cannot maintain standards

of care alone as they work within the wider context of health and social care (Maben

and Griffiths, 2008). Nurses do, however, have a valuable contribution to make

(Maben and Griffiths, 2008), and thus collaboration is discussed in more detail in

Chapter 7.

Quantitative targets, such as reducing accident and emergency waiting times,

treatment waiting times and the reduction of surgical waiting lists (DH, 2000) and

treatment time-lines such as those introduced in The Cancer Plan (NHS, 2000) and

The National Stroke Strategy (DH, 2005), continue to be important, however, a

change of emphasis has occurred following High Quality Care for All (Darzi, 2008).

High Quality Care for All (Darzi, 2008) acknowledges the improvement in waiting

times and recommends a focus on quality and the importance of improving

standards of care. The importance of high quality care has been further highlighted

as one of six principles of the NHS Constitution (DH, 2012); qualitative measures are

now recognised as indicators of care standards.

The importance of maintaining standards of care was clearly articulated by all the

participants. Charge nurse Sam explained how continued monitoring and support for

the development of a particular member of staff was facilitated. This was required as

the staff member was not behaving in an appropriately professional manner and not

providing the standard of care that was expected by the patients, the Trust and the

nurse’s colleagues on the ward.

‘I was dealing with that on a regular basis. I would make her aware that I knew that she had been leaving duty early when I wasn't around, that she'd said

Page 103: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

102

something inappropriate to a patient or member of staff and that her whole demeanour was, .......I expected her to keep the ward functioning in the way that we'd worked hard to get it to and that if she had issues with that we could openly discuss them. I had regular meetings with her, we met and I put objectives into place for her, she had an induction check list and I was constantly reminding her of things that she needed to do...’ Sam

Sam’s account clearly demonstrates the efforts, energy and emotions that were

involved in addressing these problems and supporting the struggling nurse to

develop appropriate skills to ensure that standards of care were maintained. The

importance of maintaining standards of care in the ward environment remained of

utmost importance to Sam. Sam explained what was happening and the concerns

that arose:

‘There was a lack of professionalism about her, that existed in things, calling people 'chuck' and 'love', and referring to me as 'chuck' and things like that, and then as she gradually settled in during the coming months I'd hear the odd swear word mentioned on the corridor and things like that and a change in the nursing staff.... they behaved much differently around her than they did me, .........’ Sam

Nurses are required to provide a high standard of care, as indicated in The Code

(NMC, 2008). Providing this standard of care involves using the best possible

evidence and treating those within the nurse’s care as individuals and working

collaboratively, upholding the reputation of the profession. Failing to do this, the

nurse described by Sam was putting standards of care at risk, and jeopardising the

‘best for the patient’ ideal. Sam explained how efforts were made to maintain

standards of care on the ward:

‘it was like having to work without all your tools and deliver a critical job without all your tools. You knew that when she was looking after a group of patients they wouldn't get the standard of care that they needed, and I was responsible for improving that and the dilemma I’m under is that pressure and that feeling of constant 'I wonder what she's doing today while I’m not there?', 'has she got this right, do I need to check that?' Sam

Page 104: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

103

Nurses form part of the service delivery team and have a key role to play in ensuring

standards of care are maintained and targets achieved (Maben and Griffiths, 2008).

This can prove challenging especially when resources are limited (Ulrich et al., 2010)

In Jordan’s account, the loss of a nurse specialist had led to care standards being

under threat and this had led Jordan to begin developing personal skills and ward

resources to support patients requiring care on the ward.

‘...we've not had the funding to replace her. But apparently there are not many places that have, because me and my colleague are wanting to do some more information for the amputee patients.’ Jordan

Shortages of nursing staff have been identified as one aspect of the secondary care

context that causes a significant amount of stress for nurses because of the negative

impact this can have on standards of care (Ulrich et al., 2010). Sam explained that

developing standards of care for patients is one of the main functions of a charge

nurse responsible for clinical care:

‘...developing this area for the benefit of the patients and staff until I retire, so you know it isn't one thing’. Sam

Charge Nurse Brooke described how problems related to pressure area care were

highlighted as national standards and local policy led to changes in the classification

of wounds. When the number of wounds of a specified classification rose on the

ward above what was felt to be acceptable according to Trust policy, remedial

measures were then implemented. The nurses on the ward felt this implied that

patient care was below the required standard and this impacted negatively on staff

morale. The account shows how Brooke worked to balance complying with local

policy to reduce the occurrence of pressure ulcers on the ward with ensuring national

standards were maintained and recognising the hard work undertaken by the nursing

team in order to preserve staff morale.

Page 105: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

104

‘I’ve also talked to all the staff as well and I’ve said 'actually you're very highly thought of', and in fact two of the managers have been on the ward and have been really, really supportive of me as well now, because they realise how sort of passionate we are about it and how we just don't want this to happen’.

Brooke

Staff morale is linked to standards of care. Where staff shortages have impacted on

the standards of care nurses are able to provide it has a negative impact on staff

morale (Nolan et al., 1998; Adams and Bond, 2000; Day et al., 2007). Brooke

identified how attempts were made to empower staff and to give them a voice,

reinforcing the value placed upon their contribution to care, in an attempt to improve

staff morale (Faulkner and Laschinger, 2008):

‘They did a staff survey .........my matron got in contact and said 'we need to send somebody to actually speak to the Chief Executive and she's organising some forums'. And initially I was asked to go but I was teaching (I do like to do a bit of teaching still), so I was actually teaching urology and couldn't go, and so they let me off but asked for staff to go on it, now I’ve been talking to other sisters on other wards and they're going themselves and I don't think that's the issue, I think it should be the staff members on the ward.’ Brooke

Nicky, an ICU (Intensive Care Unit) Charge Nurse, described how the Charge Nurse

makes decisions based on the assessment of the clinical area in order to ensure that

the standard of care delivered on the unit is of a high standard, maintaining patient

safety. In this case shortages of staff on another unit had resulted in the Matron

contacting Nicky and directing one of the staff nurses on ICU to be moved to a ward

area where there were insufficient staff:

‘I’m not going to do that just because she says so. I’m an individual with a mind of my own and they've put me in a responsible position to stand up and be an advocate for patients and that's what I’m doing.’ Nicky

In this instance Nicky was refusing to move staff to ensure patients on ICU received

the standard of care they needed.

Page 106: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

105

Nicky not only relied on professional judgment but justified the decision by referring

to national guidelines provided by the National Institute for Health and Clinical

Excellence to provide a rationale for the decision. Policy and its impact on nurses’

contributions to the resolution of ethical dilemmas will be further discussed in

Chapter 7.

Lee described making the decision to keep a frail elderly patient in his current

location and administer what Lee described as the ‘second choice drug’, rather than

putting the patient through the stress of travelling in an ambulance to another site.

‘My thoughts behind it were I wanted to do what I felt was best for the patient.’ Lee

This had been a difficult decision as Lee had weighed up the benefits and burdens of

two courses of action. One option was to administer the ‘second choice’ drug which

might not have been as effective as the one Lee would have preferred to administer,

which was not prescribed. The other course of action was to book transport, in this

case an ambulance, to take the patient to the main hospital site where the doctor

would be able to review the patient’s medication and prescribe a drug which could

potentially bring more relief than the ‘second choice’ drug. Neither option was

considered to be ideal. When reflecting on this decision and the action taken Lee

explained:

‘It left me thinking had I done the best for my patient. It left me thinking did I

give the patient the best I could have given her’ Lee

Nurses aim to deliver the best possible care and, as explained by Lee, this informs

both decision making and the consequential actions.

Page 107: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

106

Jordan, an experienced staff nurse, was concerned about how news was delivered

to patients and the information they were given regarding the amputation of lower

limbs. Jordan explained how the nurses on the ward were trying to change practice

in order to promote patient autonomy, especially when decision making regarding

treatment options. Jordan wanted to ensure that patient care was at its best,

particularly psychological support, prior to making the decision to proceed with

surgery, in adapting to their new body image and changes in their life style.

‘You try and talk to the patient you know and explain that things are sort of

there to help them if they do go ahead with the amputation and you know if you don't go ahead with the amputation you do realise what's going to happen and sometimes you can't change a patients mind and it's just a case of supporting them through that decision that they have made and trying to make them as comfortable as you can.’ Jordan There is evidence that nurses strive to achieve high standards of care and feel that it

is a priority for them as nurses. There are also numerous policy directives from the

Department of Health (DH, 2008; Francis, 2013) and regulations from the Nursing

and Midwifery Council which also emphasise the importance of care standards

(NMC, 2008). Complaints continue to be received and reports written demonstrating

that this is not always the case and, in some instances, patients and their families

receive poor treatment from health care professionals and services. For example,

the Care and Compassion report (Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman,

2011) highlighted ten cases which demonstrated how patients and their families had

been let down by health care professionals. The report identified how it is often those

patients who are most vulnerable who fail to receive appropriate care (Parliamentary

and Health Service Ombudsman, 2011). This may be due to their complex needs,

Page 108: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

107

compromised ability to communicate effectively or poor co-ordination between health

care professionals and services.

Issues of poor care standards and failure to respond appropriately have recently

been highlighted in the Report of the Mid Staffordshire NHS Foundation Trust.

A Public Inquiry found that failings both of the Mid Staffordshire NHS Foundation

Trust as an organisation and of individuals had resulted in unacceptable standards of

care for patients within the mid Staffordshire NHS Hospital Trust (Francis, 2013).

For Sam, the complaints received from patients’ families and staff on the ward

informed the decision to take a more serious approach to managing the nurse who

had put standards of care at jeopardy.

‘really wrestling with it and found it really quite difficult, but as more time went

by situations worsened and worsened and complaints started coming in about her from the staff, complaints started coming in about her from relatives and patients.’

Sam

The complaints were related to standards of care and, despite Sam’s best efforts to

support the nurse involved to develop her practice to ensure that high quality care

was received by patients on the ward, things did not improve. Finally, Sam had no

choice but to refer this to a competency assessment and the nurse left the ward.

‘Complaints were in relation to either standards of care or attitudes ............. I

worked through the complaints and involved her completely with them all the way, interviewed her, lots of denials....................it was just all cover-up really from her point of view, probably that she was panicking as well at that point and all the time right up to the end I supported her and always tried to help her and she'd got no idea whatsoever not one smidgen of an idea of how I felt,’ Sam

Sam’s account demonstrates that putting effort into ensuring that the staff and the

Page 109: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

108

team are appropriately skilled and always present themselves in an appropriately

professional manner is important, however the patient takes priority and care must

not be compromised.

5.3. Conclusion

The theme ‘best for the patient’ and the subthemes of ‘advocacy’ and ‘standards of

care’ appear to be one of the most important aspects for nurses when making

decisions about patient care and were felt by participants to be paramount when they

were confronted with ethical dilemmas. ‘Best for the patient’ was the first priority

every participant referred to in their account. This is also supported by The Code

(NMC, 2008) and is also a major theme in the review by Lord Darzi, High Quality

care for all, (Darzi, 2008) identifying that the next stage for the National Health

Service is to progress from a quantity focused agenda to one which focuses on

quality. Chapters 6 to 8 will now explore other themes from the data.

Page 110: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

109

Chapter 6 - Accountability

6.0 Accountability

The participants did not all refer directly to accountability within their accounts.

However, when analysing their interview transcripts it was possible to identify that all

participants were aware of their accountability. The participants’ awareness of

accountability as a responsibility that may be punitive or supportive of action sheds

further light on factors affecting ethical decision making. Within accountability the

sub-category of nurses’ autonomy emerged, which is discussed in section 6.1 below.

Two of the participants referred directly to accountability. The type of accountability

was not specified by the participants. The incidents discussed fell under several

types of accountability: ethical, professional, legal and employment (Caulfield, 2005)

Brooke shared an experience from early practice in which a drug error occurred. In

the incident described the error was a prescription error. The prescribing doctor

made the error when writing the prescription but only the nurse who administered the

drug was held accountable. The drug error was reported, according to The Trust

policy, and no harm came to the patient. From Brooke’s perspective, the burden of

responsibility appeared to fall solely on the nurse. Brooke felt it was unjust that only

the nurse involved at the point of administration was held to account for the error:

‘I was honest about it, yes, and I actually went through the proper process, but I just felt that the way it was handled was really negative and it was.... and I mean I know we're all accountable, it's accountability and responsibility isn't it? But some other people were responsible I felt.’ Brooke

There are processes which every prescription undergoes before administration,

including the writing of the prescription, which is checked and dispensed by a

Page 111: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

110

pharmacist and, on this occasion, the drug was also checked by a second nurse at

the point of administration. The dilemma here is who was responsible and that, by

holding only the nurse accountable, it felt unjust. Brooke recognised the nurse’s

accountability. However, Brooke also viewed others within this incident as having

some responsibility, as not only did the doctor prescribe an incorrect dose, checks

built into the process to reduce the risk of drug errors were undertaken by the

pharmacist, who ensured the drug had been prescribed and checked for drug

interaction. Each of these individuals belongs to a profession with a code of conduct

which indicates their professional accountability for their actions. Accountability and

a code of ethics are viewed as hallmarks of a profession (Hood and Leddy, 2006).

This experience has influenced the way Brooke manages drug errors within the

clinical area. Brooke explained the importance of ensuring that, whilst those who

make errors are held to account, ‘blaming’ one individual is not the best way. Brooke

recommended a review of the incident and that measures to reduce the risk of

repeated errors should be identified and implemented. The use of professional

codes as punitive measures may result in a reluctance to report errors by nursing

staff, which may impact on the quality of care. Professional codes should be used to

facilitate dialogue and provide a standard to work to (Esterhuizen, 1995). Brooke

viewed this as part of the charge nurse’s role, as the charge nurse is responsible for

maintaining safety and standards of care in the clinical area. Brooke took the

welfare of the ward staff seriously; this is explored further in Chapter 8.

Drew also referred directly to accountability in relation to a drug error. In Drew’s

account the error took place at the point of administration; the nurse who made the

error was an agency nurse who did not normally work on the ward in question. The

Page 112: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

111

issue for Drew was not so much the error itself but the way that the nurse who made

the error acted subsequently. The agency nurse [who made the drug error] did

inform the doctor and the nurse in charge of the ward at that time but refused to

inform the patient:

‘So then it was left for myself and some other members of staff to then explain the procedure to the patient. So then it is not necessarily my accountability, I suppose its more her accountability but I had to intervene because to me she just did not recognise that area of her accountability. She [the nurse who made the error] felt it was important to follow certain procedures in terms of the medical side of things but as to informing the patient and maybe the relatives it wasn’t considered important’. Drew

Drew explained the feelings this evoked:

‘Well I felt shocked that she did not feel this was important despite being an experienced nurse even though she was from the agency and her argument was well I am from an agency and it doesn’t matter. To me she [the nurse who made the error] is a registered nurse and she is accountable to the patient regardless of where she is practicing umm… So I was very frustrated by the whole thing and worried. I could not understand we had offered support for her and everything, but she seemed to totally disagree that the patient should be informed. I found her response at leaving the ward in ...well I would say it was a strange really. Umm… just to dismiss all her responsibilities having given a patient the wrong drug.’ Drew

Drew felt strongly about nurses’ responsibilities and accountability to the patient. In

referring to professional accountability Drew emphasised ‘as a registered nurse’,

indicating that the nurse had failed to fulfil her responsibilities to the patient by

explaining that an error had occurred. Drew’s conviction to uphold the patient’s

rights resulted in her fulfilling the responsibilities of the nurse who refused to discuss

the error with the patient. Where there is a right, someone, in this case the

administering nurse, has a duty to uphold those rights (Beauchamp and Childress,

2001). In Drew’s account, for instance, the administering nurse had only partially

fulfilled her duties as she had refused to inform the patient of the error. The nurse

[who made the error] could be held to account to the patient, for failing to respect her

Page 113: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

112

rights, to the employing organisation, as she has failed to follow The Trust

medication error reporting policy fully and to the profession, as The Code (NMC,

2008) specifies that, as a registered nurse, she must be open and honest at all

times. A nurse must also protect and promote the health and wellbeing of their

patients. In this case the administering nurse who did not fulfil these duties was

professionally accountable for her omission (NMC, 2008). Accountability may be

viewed as punitive, as indicated above. The negative connotations associated with

accountability emerged in the 1930s when fewer nurses worked in private homes

and began to work for larger organisations. Nurses began to view the organisation

in which they were now employed as accountable and the view that accountability

was a disciplinary tool emerged (Hood and Leddy, 2006).

When nurses’ actions are placed under scrutiny by the NMC during professional

conduct cases it is The Code (NMC, 2008) which is the standard against which a

nurse’s conduct is judged. Accountability, however, can be empowering, as

demonstrated in participants’ accounts below.

Alternatively, accountability can be used to motivate. To be accountable can help to

promote good practice and motivate good actions, especially where the professional

boundaries are blurred (Savage & Moore, 2004). The hierarchical culture within

health care can influence the decision making process; whilst it does not relieve the

individual of all accountability, the position held within the hierarchy impacts on the

influence and authority members of the team have in any given decision making

situation (Hood and Leddy, 2006). In Drew’s account below the Charge Nurse had

instructed Drew to administer sedative medication to an elderly patient. The drug

Page 114: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

113

was prescribed as a ‘when required’ medication to be administered by a registered

nurse when or if the need arose. In this account Drew explained how personal

responsibility and professional knowledge informed her decision making and

consequential action:

‘And I was responsible for looking after the patient, so I decided to make the decision not to give the drug ....................I felt confident at that time I could justify why I was not going to give this patient the drug ‘cos I didn’t feel this patient needed the drug at that moment in time and that I disagreed with his [the charge nurse] reasoning I suppose if you like of why I should give the drug’. Drew

The Charge Nurse was Drew ’s line manager; Drew did not follow the instruction but

considered her responsibility to the patient and acknowledged her accountability to

the patient in declining to administer medication that was felt to be unnecessary

based on Drew ’s own assessment of the situation.

6.1. Autonomy

Examples of nurses undertaking autonomous decisions informed by their own

knowledge and understanding of the situation were described by participants. Some

of the interview transcripts gave accounts of how some of the decisions made were

contradictory to the judgments of other health care professionals, senior nursing staff

or The Trust policy in a given situation. In each case the participant understood their

rights and responsibility to act with autonomy, was able to justify the rationale for

their decision and was happy to be called to account.

Sam was motivated to strive to improve standards of care on the ward by investing

time and energy in the professional development of a nurse from the ward team.

‘what I did was I’d set some objectives for her as well to improve on two

Page 115: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

114

occasions in one year............... I very much left to do my own thing with her really, everyone was aware, but I knew that Associate Director of Nursing and the Matron trusted me to manage her and that was nice to feel that I could be trusted so I felt it was imperative that I dotted the i's and crossed the t's as I would with any member of staff on the ward going through the same thing,’ Sam

Although Sam explained how the situation was managed, he was required to make

decisions about the approach used to support the staff nurse’s development and

what strategies to use when the situation became unacceptable. Sam felt that the

senior nurses, who were also her managers, were supportive of those decisions on

the whole, trusting her and respecting her autonomy as a nurse.

Ross, however, did not feel supported when asked to transfer patients into the

discharge area to await hospital transport to take them home; this is an area where

they are no longer classed as acutely unwell or in need of hospitalisation. When the

Bed Manager, whose job it is to ensure patients flow through from accident and

emergency or other admission routes swiftly to an appropriate ward base, requested

that two patients be transferred to the discharge lounge to await their transport

home, Ross did not feel that moving the two patients was appropriate and was able

to explain why. Here Ross was demonstrating both an ability to make autonomous

decisions and the preparedness to be called to account for decisions and action.

‘Yes they might feel comfortable back in their own environment once they got home. But we muddled them just by moving them for that short time in between. But the main one the main ethical dilemma for me was she wanted me to move a terminally ill man who was asleep in bed, who was actually going home to die. She expected me to get him out of his bed and sit him out so that she could move somebody else into that bed and I just found that no way umm…. and I said no’ Ross

‘they could have sent the chief executive on the ward I would have stuck to my guns and did what I thought was best for these patients. And I know that there were two other patients that were in need of a bed but I actually had to look after the

Page 116: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

115

patients that were there then. So, you know, it did make me question, even now, I feel I made the right decision’. Ross

In charge of the Intensive Care Unit, Nicky explained the role of the senior nurse as

advocate and resisted moving a staff nurse; within this account Nicky justified the

decision and recorded the rationale for the decision on an incident form. Nicky was

fully aware of the nurses’ responsibility in relation to patient care and safety on the

unit and was ready to be called to account for the decision.

Nicky explained that completing an incident form was in line with The Trust policy

which advises that the form be completed whenever a clinical area is thought to be

unsafe. Nicky was able to justify the decision and explained:

‘I wrote down every single patient on the intensive care, the care they were getting and why they needed one to one nursing. I wrote down about NICE guidelines, quoted NICE guidelines about level 3 patients which are ventilated and should have one nurse, but yes one nurse can look after two high dependency patients but I put down the constraints about how it was very difficult to help each other then, patient moves if somebody became sick, going for blood, things like that and just dealing with the everyday running of the intensive care unit by being a nurse down, and I don't know how far that incident form got, because I later got told along the grape vine that Matron tore it up, our Matron for intensive care and said that there was nothing they could do, we had to staff the overflow ward, there was no-one else could do it, we just have to see the bigger picture’. Nicky

Nicky presented a rationale for the decision not to move a nurse off the unit. This

decision was based on sound knowledge both of the needs of the patients on the

unit and the National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) guidelines, which are

UK guidelines and thus hold more weight than organisational guidelines in publicly

funded UK hospitals (Caulfield, 2005). This indicates that Nicky acknowledged that

nurses also are accountable to The Trust (employment accountability) and to those

to whom they have a duty of care (professional accountability) should there be

Page 117: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

116

evidence of negligence (legal accountability) and Nicky had to consider the impact

on those involved and their intrinsic value as human beings (ethical accountability)

(Caulfield, 2005).

Nicky fought hard to maintain safety, was ‘over ruled’ by a more senior nurse and

was left feeling that the vulnerability of the patients on the unit had not been

recognised, nor had the senior nurse been prepared to fully consider the rationale for

resisting the loss of a nurse from the unit.

‘I said 'yes and I’ve got six ventilated patients and two that aren't, two that are really quite sick still. Who’s going to look after these while you take a nurse off me? What if something goes wrong on my shift? Who’s going to back me up? This is my shift.' So Matron then got involved and Matron came along and demanded that I send a nurse down to the overflow ward, so I was overruled and I had to send a nurse down to the overflow ward and consequently one nurse had to look after two ventilated patients, one of which was on the haemofiltration machine, which is like the dialysis. And obviously I was in charge of the unit and was looking after a ventilated patient as well, as well as trying to support members of staff and look after the patients’. Nicky.

Nicky felt that the ability to act autonomously is limited by the position held within the

organisation. The position of Charge Nurse did not hold sufficient authority in this

context to allow Nicky to act on the judgment made in relation to maintaining the

safety of the unit and fulfilling a duty of care to the patients on the unit. However,

each individual is responsible for their own actions and escaping accountability by

claiming to be acting on the instructions of another is not seen as justifiable

reasoning (Ormrod and Barlow, 2011). Applying Ormond and Barlow’s (2011)

interpretation, Nicky, the nurse manager who instructed the nurse to move to another

ward and the nurse who moved to the other ward based on the instruction of the

nurse manager were all accountable for their actions. For what each member of the

team is accountable will vary depending on the situation and level of authority held

Page 118: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

117

by the individual. In cases where health care staff have acted in accordance with the

organisation’s policy, the organisation holds some accountability with regard to the

outcomes of the applications of these policies (Hood and Leddy, 2006).

Nicky’s account demonstrates how accountability influences decision making but it

also illustrates the limits of personal autonomy, both with regard to the position held

and the context within which the nurse works (Hood and Leddy, 2006). There are

incidences when an individual’s autonomy is restricted in favour of that of the wider

community or society (Caulfield, 2005). It is possible that, in some cases, the

nurse’s preferred action to achieve the best for a particular patient conflicts with the

needs of others, therefore a compromise has to be found. In Nicky’s situation the

senior nurse had made the decision to reduce the staffing levels on the unit and was

therefore accountable for both her decision and the consequences of her actions

(Caulfield, 2005).

Accountability and autonomy can be seen to be inseparable; if a person acts

autonomously then that person must be accountable for that decision or action

(Hood and Leddy, 2006). Where a nurse has a responsibility to the patient which

requires autonomous decision making, the nurse may need the authority (or need to

take on the authority) to act accordingly (Hood and Leddy, 2006). This is not to

imply that nurses are not accountable for omissions where restrictions limit their

ability to act autonomously, for example where the nurse has no authority or when

availability of resources is limited (NMC, 2008). The nurse must strive to fulfil those

responsibilities as far as is possible given any limitations that may occur and needs

to demonstrate that everything possible has been undertaken to meet those

Page 119: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

118

responsibilities, including reporting shortcomings to a manager or person in authority

(NMC, 2008).

Lee’s account demonstrates how the decision to ‘bend the rules’ can be justified by

weighing up the benefits and burdens of each option to inform the decision making

process:

‘My defence would be that as a nurse my code of conduct and my ethics are that I do the least harm for the patient. And to me in that situation the least harm was leaving the patient where they were in a warm comfortable bed and taking the drugs over the telephone and giving the drugs. opposed to,....... I think, causing great harm and discomfort and distress, which could be quite detrimental when they are very poorly getting cold and uncomfortable banging over bumps in roads and being taken up to [the infirmary]. Where they might have to sit about in A&E for an hour waiting to see a doctor to go down and write up a script and see them. Then wait another hour or two for an ambulance to bump them all the way back again very very late at night’. Lee

It is evident that Lee knew that the action taken following the weighing of the benefits

and burdens of each course of action fell outside of the Trust’s usual policy and

acknowledged that acting autonomously and outside of the organisation’s policy

might leave those facilitating this action fully accountable; they would not necessarily

be able to look to The Trust for support through vicarious liability. In this case Lee

was able to take the preferred course of action only by collaborating with others who

had the authority to prescribe the required medication, facilitating Lee’s

administration of the drugs. Those who collaborated were also accountable for their

involvement in this incident (collaboration is discussed further in Chapter 7).

Risk was very much at the forefront of Lee’s mind whilst continuing with the chosen

course of action. Lee identified how there was an attempt to reduce the risk to the

patient.

‘… and getting a second colleague to listen to try and minimise harm and risk

Page 120: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

119

umm....But no I knew that you weren’t totally removing the risk as opposed to, I think, causing great harm and discomfort and distress, which could be quite detrimental when they are very poorly getting cold and uncomfortable banging over bumps in roads and being taken up to [the infirmary].’ Lee

From these accounts it is possible to see that the nurse participants felt able, if not

always empowered, to make autonomous decisions and were prepared to be called

to account for their subsequent actions. In these situations the participants felt

confident in their knowledge and understanding of the patients’ needs and the

situation in context. There is also indication that, whilst able to make judgments

about the situations described, participants were not always able to act as they

wished to. This, for some, resulted in feelings of frustration and of being

undervalued and disempowered. This was the case for both Charlie and Jo who

explained how, when caring for patients who were terminally ill, they recognised that

the appropriate time had come to instigate the care of the dying pathway; the doctor,

however, had another view. The doctor in both of these accounts continued with

curative treatments for what the participants felt was too long, before commencing

palliative care. Both Charlie and Jo expressed that they felt that this had made dying

more stressful for both the patients and their families.

Ross, having refused a direct instruction from the bed manager, explained the

feelings that this had generated:

‘....in a way it gave me numerous feelings because my values and beliefs are that this is somebody that is on a higher grade than me and you should respect them. But I actually could not respect them that they had actually considered doing that to somebody that was dying. And how would they feel if that was their relative or you know. Umm…. So I had sort of mixed feelings. I lost a bit of respect for them that I had had previously. In fact I had lost a lot of respect for them and it gave me, it made me realise that suddenly in the NHS a bed had become a bed and the patients were just missing in the middle of it’. Ross

Page 121: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

120

Ross felt confident, having assessed it as inappropriate to move patients into a

discharge lounge, that it was the right decision for the two patients to stay on the

ward in spite of it being in direct conflict with the instructions given by a senior

colleague. Ross felt uncomfortable that the situation had arisen and that there

appeared to him to be no alternative other than to refuse to comply with the

instructions. The fact that ‘a nurse’ would consider such action as acceptable

appeared to make this even more difficult to accept:

‘I cannot believe that somebody who is a trained nurse umm…. And actually I had done studying with I’d worked alongside could actually even contemplate moving somebody like that dragging them out of bed when they are actually fast asleep and terminally ill and I just could not believe it to be honest’. Ross

Ross indicated, through this account, the importance of values in nursing, the

expectation that nurses, for Ross, are expected to be particularly sensitive to the

needs of vulnerable people, that the National Health Service is not like other

organisations and that the person [patient] should be at the centre of decision

making (Benner, 1984; NMC, 2008; DH, 2012).

Nicky demonstrated how important patient safety was to her within her account and

was prepared to justify her decisions:

‘I’m running intensive care for that shift. I’m put in that position as leader of that shift to make decisions based on what I believe is correct, research based, clinical knowledge, patient safety......’. Nicky

Nicky also indicated that part of the problem was that the person who was

challenging her assessment of safety on the unit was a nurse, indicating that there

was an expectation that, as nurses, there ought to have been some shared values

and understanding of her assessment of the situation:

‘I was in that position and made that decision and it was taken out of my hands because 'it doesn't matter now, we're [matron and the site manager]

Page 122: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

121

overruling you. It doesn't matter that you're in that position, I don't care when you say it's unsafe'.....’. Nicky

When explaining, in the accounts shared during the interviews, how nursing

colleagues did not appear to share their values in relation to direct patient care, their

duty of care and professional accountability, Nicky and Ross were passionate; both

became animated, in both their verbal and nonverbal communication of the issue,

while expressing the level of feeling they had had.

Professional codes of standards / ethics and, in this case, The Code (NMC, 2008)

reflect the values of the professional group. Adopting these values forms part of

what Benner (1984) describes as socialisation into a profession where these values

become internalised by the members. Individuals become socialised into a set of

cultural moral values and beliefs through exposure to the group, as these values are

transmitted by members of the community and the behaviour of its members

(Settelmair and Nigam, 2007).

Here Charlie explained the conversation between himself and the Sister from

Radiology; the medical team wanted a scan performed but both nurses felt this was

inappropriate and were prepared to advocate to prevent the discomfort the patient

might experience. Undertaking the scan would not have changed the treatment plan

or outcome for the patient. Both nurses recognised the importance of advocating for

the patient, demonstrating their shared values in relation to facilitating a dignified

death for this man, as his prognosis had already been established:

‘know you're going to take this man down on Sunday morning for an expensive scan'. Our ward sister said look I’m not happy about taking this man, he's not well enough, I’m not bothered about taking a man who's poorly down and I worked in ICU I’ve only been here 6 weeks, I’m happy with that, but she said it's not

Page 123: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

122

going to change the outcome she said he needs care of the dying pathway, and I felt like we had to fight for this man, I felt we had to fight for him to die with dignity and we shouldn't have to do that’. Charlie This section of Charlie’s account provides evidence that, in this case, both Charlie

and the radiography Sister had a shared understanding of the patient’s situation and

opinion of what might be best for the patient.

6.2. Conclusion

Accountability and autonomous decision making were clearly expressed by the study

participants. Participants explained how, when faced with difficult ethical dilemmas

in practice, they were aware of their accountability. Brooke and Drew both discussed

accountability in relation to drug errors, clearly demonstrating both their

understanding of accountability and how it applies in a specific situation.

Other participants explained how they were able to make autonomous decisions for

which they were happy to be called to account; the level of accountability may be

influenced by the context of the decision or action, for example Sam had to manage

an underperforming member of staff and, although supported by managers, Sam

recognised the level of accountability held personally and professionally

Chris explained that it is part of the nurse’s role to advocate for patients and that any

decision made with or on behalf of patients must be justified, as nurses are

accountable for their actions, including when they advocate or fail to advocate for

patients; this is clearly identifiable in The Code (NMC, 2008)

Lee had a difficult time managing a dying patient’s discomfort and recognised that

Page 124: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

123

working outside Trust policy left him accountable with no security of vicarious liability

from the employing Trust. In this situation Lee was seen to collaborate with

colleagues, this is discussed further in Chapter 7.

Ross’s experiences when discharging patients also highlight how nurses feel that

advocating is an important part of their role and they feel distressed when other

nurses do not share their interpretation of the situation and the values that underpin

that decision. Nicky resisted moving a nurse in the team to another clinical area, as

a personal assessment of the situation identified that this would reduce the staff ratio

to an unsafe level, resulting in increased risk to patients on the unit. Nicky’s ability to

act autonomously was limited by the position held within the organisation and the

nurse was moved. It is evident that the participants were not always able to act

autonomously and they identified that their autonomy was limited by the position they

held within the organisations, Trust policy and the resources available at the time.

How participants have worked within these constraints, collaborating with other

nurses and the wider team, is further discussed in Chapter 7.

Page 125: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

124

Chapter 7- Collaboration and Conflict

7.0 Collaboration and Conflict

Collaboration or conflict, in some cases both, appears in most of the accounts

described by participants. Nurses do not work in isolation, within the context of

secondary care nurses work as part of a multidisciplinary team. How nurses engage

with other team members can be seen within these accounts. Within participant

accounts, working with various people, including the patient and their family and

other health care professionals, leads to situations of collaboration and conflict; the

objective, however, continues to be finding the best outcome for the patient. In some

accounts, such as Ross’s, there was clear conflict; other accounts demonstrated

how nurses collaborated with others to achieve what was viewed as the best

possible outcome. In Lee’s account this included almost colluding with others to work

outside Trust policy.

7.1. Collaboration

Charlie effectively summed up the importance of a shared vision and working

collaboratively when striving for the best outcome for the patient; here Charlie talked

about caring for a patient who was dying and using the care of the dying pathway, in

this case the Liverpool Care Pathway (DH, 2009):

‘I think we all sing from the same hymn sheet, and I think there are areas where what we do everybody does and yes I think it works. I think we know exactly where we're going. Once we've got that we know we're not giving non-essential medications, we're giving medications to be comfortable with, we're not filling them full of fluids which just you know hang around, we are just making them comfortable, and I think that's really important’. Charlie

For Charlie, collaboration occurred within the health care team when caring for a

patient who was close to death. Charlie’s account explained what each member

Page 126: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

125

contributes; the physicians are able to prescribe the appropriate medication to

manage the distressing symptoms which can occur when someone is close to death,

physiotherapists, when required, can help with breathing difficulties and the family

may know the patient’s values and wishes as well as the nurses. This approach to

end of life care is in line with Department of Health (DH, 2009) and National Health

Service standards of care (NHS, 2011) which, Charlie felt, have brought some

improvements to end of life care. However, both Charlie and Jo struggled with the

reluctance of some doctors to commence the palliative plan of care, resulting in a

delay in its implementation.

Chris’s account demonstrated how working collaboratively helped to promote the

patient’s welfare after discharge from hospital. Chris’s account moved beyond the

health care team to include social services, as the social worker is able to access the

resources required to achieve this. Chris explained that the need for social services

input had arisen from working closely with the patient and his family:

‘It's making that link. It's making the link of knowing who you can go to get that extra support and who's the best person to deal with a situation at the time and I think I liaised really well between him and his family and even Social Services and you're an advocate for patients aren't you? And it's important that you know that you're doing the right thing for everybody and it's bridging that gap and that support and not necessarily does he have capacity or doesn't he have capacity you know’.

Chris Like Chris, Ashley worked with other agencies to ensure the best possible outcome

for vulnerable individuals:

‘we do have a child protection nurse that's situated on the ward, she's here Monday to Friday, so if I have any issues I go straight to her and she'll tell me whether it needs dealing with or she'll take it on board.........we work with them in that we've probably still got the child, and they take over and sort of, once the child's gone home...’ Ashley

Chris and Ashley’s accounts demonstrated how nurses in secondary care pay

Page 127: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

126

attention to patient welfare whilst in hospital and on discharge home. By examining

Charlie’s account it is possible to see how the transfer of patients within the hospital

environment from one ward to another also requires nurses to work collaboratively to

ensure continuity of care and the best possible outcome for patients. This is in line

with their duty of care as health care professionals to their patients for both their acts

and omissions; working collaboratively to plan care to prevent foreseeable harm

(Caulfield, 2005; Dimond, 2008). In Charlie’s case, lack of continuity of care might

have resulted in an increased length of stay in hospital or emotional and

psychological distress for the patient. In Chris’s case, an unsafe discharge might

have resulted in harm to the patient who had been assessed as vulnerable. In the

secondary care context Charlie, like Chris, recognised the responsibility of the nurse

beyond direct care (Dimond, 2008; 2011).

When the non-availability of beds on the specialist ward resulted in the need to

transfer a patient to an alternative ward, it was Charlie’s responsibility to decide

which patient would be transferred and which would stay. Charlie worked

collaboratively with the nursing team on the receiving ward to try to minimise the

disruption to the patient’s care and try to make his experience of this change and his

stay in hospital as comfortable is it could be:

‘I related all the history obviously to the other ward, the problems with his son and his home circumstances, the problems we'd had with the pain team was ongoing, and I mean I said to the physios 'can you make sure you go sort of morning and afternoon just so he knows we haven't forgotten him, that he hasn't been sent off somewhere where that's it we're not having anything to do with you any more'. Charlie

Charlie ensured that the patient’s needs were effectively communicated, including

his progress and any plans made for discharge. Effective communication is

Page 128: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

127

essential between all members of the team, especially the patient and those

delivering direct care, if standards are to be maintained (Finkelman and Kenner,

2010):

‘we want it also to be a good experience, you don't want them to think about that experience and think oh it was absolutely dreadful and I never want to go there, we want it to be as good experience as we can, but also I want the staff to know him and know what he's capable of and what they're up against, because I think it's difficult if you get someone who's a complex discharge, you get them from no ward, you get half a handover and then you're sort of thinking well where are we here? How far have we got? Do I need to refer to Social Worker? Has he had a home visit? Has his wheelchair been balanced because he's a bilateral amputee? Charlie

Working collaboratively, following the loss of the specialist nurse from the team,

Jordan set about developing information and support for patients undergoing lower

limb amputation so that a good level of service was maintained:

‘Well, we're going to have meetings with the OT and Physio’. Jordan

Interprofessional working is viewed as the way to achieve the best possible patient

outcomes in complex situations (Johnson and Webber, 2010). Interprofessional

working has been on the United Kingdom government’s agenda since the late

1960s, however it gained momentum in the 1980s and by the mid 1990s was central

to the National Health Service reform (Torp and Thomas, 2007). The Nursing and

Midwifery Council now requires all new nursing programmes to include inter

professional learning so that newly qualified registered nurses have the skills to

effectively interact with and understand the roles of all the health care professionals

(Longley et al., 2007).

Working with other nurses within the immediate ward team is almost a subsection of

the above. For example, in addressing issues on the ward associated with the

Page 129: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

128

prevention of pressure ulcers, Brooke, as Charge Nurse, explained how a member of

the team was supported to develop a specialist role in order to ensure standards of

care were maintained effectively:

‘what I’ve done now is give her that day so she's supernumerary on the ward, so she hasn't particularly lost the office day but she's here doing it and she's doing all the tissue viability teaching on that day and she's doing the intentional rounding with them and she's looking at the paperwork we use and she has chances then to go to the link nurses meetings and any other meetings as well, and I make sure that there's a ward meeting on that particular day so she can do her teaching session as well, so we've actually turned it round and used it to quite a useful thing and it's also giving her a more fulfilled role so it's handing her scope of practice as well, because it's almost like once a month she's doing a specialist nurse role on the ward’.

Brooke

Brooke’s approach here was to maintain standards of care by encouraging the

nursing team to work together in their management of tissue viability, including the

prevention and management of pressure ulcers. Brooke demonstrated the

importance of this issue by charging one of the team to take a lead and ensuring

there was time for any plans to be implemented. Where there is cohesion within the

nursing team, which is likely to have a positive impact on the quality of patient care,

nurses are found to have greater job satisfaction (Adams and Bond, 2000). The

leadership style here was to lead with rather than lead over (Hood and Leddy, 2006);

although the nurse who took responsibility for leading this project was nominated, as

such, she did not hold a position of authority over others in the group. Nurses

working within secondary care fall into two main types of teams: (1) that of the health

care professionals other than nurses and the senior nurse and (2) direct care giving

staff, mostly nurses and health care assistants (Cott, 1998). The team referred to

within Brooke’s account would fall within the second type of team made up of direct

care giving nurses.

Page 130: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

129

7.1a Collaboration with Patients and Families

Patients’ wishes appear to be at the centre of the way nurses work and this informs

their decision making. Participants recognised the contribution patients’ families

make in promoting this as they often have a greater knowledge and understanding of

what the patients want in cases where the patients may not be able to fully engage

with decision making themselves.

Ashley explained the importance of trust in the relationships nurses share with their

patients. This can be problematic for children’s nurses as children are not viewed as

having capacity to make their own decisions:

‘because we've got the trust of that child, she's trusted us with that information, she doesn't even want us to tell her mum so if we're going to go and tell the authorities.... do you see what I mean?..........Depending on how much time you've got you might talk to the child.............. Ashley

Ashley explained that it is the time nurses spend with patients, especially with

children, that helps to develop good relationships. This helps them understand the

patients’ wishes and work in collaboration with them and others to achieve the best

possible outcome and to avoid conflict. It is the close relationship that nurses have

with patients that facilitates a unique perspective that contributes to and influences

the decision making associated with patient care (Storch et al., 2004; Lamb et al.,

2011).

‘the girls [nurses] can get, you know, quite …. especially on nights, if you've got a teenager you might sit and talk to her for hours’. Ashley

Jo also identified the importance of developing appropriate relationships with

Page 131: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

130

patients, recognising that this takes time but is necessary to ensure that a proper

understanding of the patients’ wishes is gained:

‘...... we have patients for anything from 3 days to 4 months because sometimes they've social side and we get to know the patient and the family, as daft as it sounds, is sort of like our family and the patients are like our family because you get to know them really well and you get really, really close with them’. Jo

Chris and Jordan explained the importance of working with patients’ families. Chris

understood how important this was when resolving issues of patients’ vulnerability on

discharge from hospital. Chris was able to work with the patient’s daughters in

finding a solution to his problem and helped them support the patient with the

changes he was facing in life:

‘‘..................obviously getting his family involved helped a lot....he was, he's

really close to his daughters and in fact he was really happy with the outcome as well which made it even better’. Chris

When developing information and a support plan for patients following lower limb

amputation Jordan not only involved other health care professionals but recognised

how patients’ families could also make a valuable contribution:

‘Yes, we're going to get the families involved as well because obviously they need support as well’. Jordan

It is important that nurses work closely with patients and their families to ensure high

quality care and to support patients to stay healthy (DH, 2008, NMC, 2008).

7.1b Collaboration with Doctors

Doctors are also health care professionals and have a long history of working with

nurses. The changes that have occurred in the nurse’s role and positions held by

nurses within the NHS have impacted on the way these two professional groups

Page 132: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

131

build effective relationships (Davies, 2003). The way these two professions work

together has the potential to have a significant impact on patient outcomes (Faulkner

and Laschinger, 2008). Whilst this section focuses on the collaborative nature of

relationships with doctors, it also illustrates how close the relationship between

collaboration and conflict can become.

Jo explained that being able to engage assertively with doctors is something that has

developed with experience and through the building of effective professional

relationships with the medical team:

‘I think that's come with getting to know the doctors, more so working over at xxxxxx because you have more time to talk to them there. I got to know the consultants a bit more and you get to know the doctors because they're all on the ward for about 6 months at a time, you get to know them slowly and I think you just get more confident and the more you're qualified and the more experience you get, the more confident you are’. Jo

Jo explained that this can, however, depend on the individual doctor:

‘Some of them, there's the odd one or two that think you know 'I’m consultant, I’m the doctor and you're wrong', but usually they're pretty good and they listen to what you think and they'll take on board what you think’. Jo Jo recognised how when nurses and doctors work together in this way, there is the

potential to improve patient care (Faulkner and Laschinger, 2008).

Nicky expected support from the doctors who formed part of the team in the

intensive care unit. However, on this occasion the response was less than expected.

Nicky was concerned about maintaining safety on the unit and the risk to the patients

if staff were moved away. The doctor’s opinion was that because it related to

nursing staff, it was not an issue in which he wanted to become involved. This was a

disappointment for Nicky:

Page 133: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

132

‘I felt the other side of the coin was, I spoke to the consultant who was on for the weekend and he wasn't interested. He basically said 'well it's a nursing issue' and I said 'but it's not though is it? Because at the end of the day you're in charge of this unit for a doctor and medical point of view and we haven't got any.... I’m telling you that there's patients who are going to be left unattended and clinically if something goes wrong....' and he just said 'well it's a nursing point of view, what do you want me to do?'. I said 'well, I’d like you to back me up and say actually no you're not taking a nurse' and he wouldn't’. Nicky

The differences in the roles which can have an impact on the way these two health

professionals collaborate were further exacerbated by the organisation’s hierarchical

structure (Oberle and Hughes, 2001).

Ashley tried hard to help the parents of a child needing life saving surgery to

understand why it was essential and to assure them that blood products would not

be administered in theatre:

‘In the end we had to get a consultant paediatrician and an ENT [ear nose and throat] Consultant to come in, in the night to speak to these parents, because they still wouldn't budge’. Ashley

Unfortunately, on this occasion the doctor’s attempts were unsuccessful and the

case was taken to the court of protection. Under the Mental Capacity Act (2005)

adults and children who have limited capacity to make autonomous decisions are

provided for. Where there is a serious conflict of opinions the court of protection may

be accessed in order to make the decision and ensure that the patients are

appropriately represented (Dimond, 2008).

Ashley’s account explained how the team struggled with a family’s decision not to

allow a child to undergo surgery, based on the fear that blood products would be

given against their wishes and beliefs. At this time the child required surgery to

avoid death. The surgeon did not think there would be a need for blood products

Page 134: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

133

and, though the parents had been assured none would be administered, they did not

believe this and refused to consent to the surgery.

Ashley explained how the beliefs of the child’s parents were so strong that even

when their own minister tried to assure them that surgery was the best option for the

child, they were not happy:

‘I don't know what they call them, for want of a better word – the priest of the Jehovahs Witnesses, they've probably got another name, but whatever they are, they got him in and he actually tried to persuade these parents and I can't remember how it all came about, but in the end they had to.... they took out some kind of legal ….......’ Ashley

Having engaged members of the health care team and the family’s minister to try

and find a resolution which they were happy with whilst trying to save the child’s life,

Ashley explained that the only option was to go to the court of protection:

‘That's right and they overturned the parents and the child went to theatre and was intubated and everything was fine’ Ashley

Ashley felt sad that the parents did not understand. It was not that the health care

team were trying to override the family’s belief system. The intention was not to give

blood. The family did not trust the health care team and continued to refuse to

consent to the surgery.

Lee’s collaboration with doctors to minimise the harm, in the form of distress and

discomfort, resulted in both of these health professionals knowingly working outside

Trust policy:

‘as a registered nurse, you know absolutely damn fine that you should never take a drug prescription over the telephone. The alternative was to parcel the patient into an ambulance along with the prescription chart have the shipped across ‘Town’ so a Doctor could write on a prescription chart and look at the patient. And write them up for some drugs and ship them all the way back, but quite often we were

Page 135: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

134

dealing with people who were frail who were older. For people who were elderly it would be really disruptive, dense strokes you know an awful lot of trauma to your patient to do that’. Lee

Lee, in order to avoid the patient having to be moved to the main site for drugs

prescribing, as described above, worked with the doctor who prescribed the drugs

verbally over the telephone to two nurses in order for the drug to be administered.

Lee’s experience indicates that this was the usual custom and practice especially

where patients are cared for on peripheral sites, without a duty doctor; it is the ward

doctor who will sign the prescription the following morning:

‘I even used to think about doctors doing it I mean doctors feel or appear to be quite blasé about it they were quite happy to do it. I used to think how do they feel prescribing a drug for a patient they have never clapped eyes on, how do they know – they are very trusting themselves’. Lee These two professionals worked together to achieve what they believed to be best

for the patient although they both knew it conflicted with their employing Trust’s

policy.

7.2 Conflict

Whilst it is possible to identify collaborations, many of these accounts also

recognised that developing relationships to aid ethical decision making can lead to

conflict with other members of the team, patients and their families.

Doctors and nurses are seen to come into conflict about patient care, including

treatment which has traditionally been viewed as the doctor’s domain (Oberle and

Hughes, 2001). However, nurses are required, through their code of conduct, to

challenge doctors’ orders where they are perceived to not be the best possible

Page 136: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

135

option (NMC, 2008). Nurses are accountable, as discussed in Chapter 6, for their

actions regardless of directions given by others (NMC, 2008).

7.2a Conflict with Doctors

Both Charlie and Jo explained how they experienced conflict with the medical team

when caring for terminally ill patients. The conflict occurred when they were

struggling to influence the doctor’s decision regarding the patient’s plan of treatment

and care. Charlie used strong language to demonstrate the depth of feeling aroused

by the decisions that had resulted in the conflict between the plan of care prescribed

by the doctor and what Charlie believed to be best for the patient:

feel that you know we should have dignity in death and I don't always think we do and I don't think that's a nursing fault, I think it's a doctors fault, I think our surgeons think if they can save life if someone has a pulse then they're alive and there's no quality’. Charlie

Jo had similar issues in relation to the care of the dying and explained how attempts

to work with doctors and influence changes to the plan of care were not always

successful, resulting in conflict. Jo explained why, as the nurse caring for this

particular patient, it was felt that commencing the patient on the care of the dying

pathway earlier would have been better than the decision taken by the doctor to

keep trying curative treatment for longer:

‘Yes, and I just think she just needed to be comfortable and you know spend her time with her family. We had to keep pulling the family out of the room to do all these tests and you know they needed to spend the last couple of hours with their mum. I just thought....you know it was unfair, on the relatives and on the patient’. Jo

Historically nurses’ roles were viewed in terms of supporting the work of doctors and

following doctors’ orders (Pugh, 1944). Substantial changes have occurred over the

Page 137: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

136

decades. Nurses are now required to challenge doctors’ orders (NMC, 2008) where

appropriate; they are accountable for their actions and following the instructions of

others does not relieve them of their accountability (NMC, 2008).

7.2b. Conflict with Patient and Family

Conflict can occur, however, when patients’ or their families’ expectations are not

realistic:

‘because sometimes you get families that you know might not be that bothered and they're just like 'well we want this', sometimes if you say it's a DNAR for instance, the family says 'well I don't want a DNAR', unfortunately it's up to the doctor, the family can't decide. Now they'll discuss it with them but if they think it's in the patient's best interest then they'll do it even if the family kick up a fuss and say 'we don't want it, or we do want it', the doctors have overall.... you know they can decide overall, not the family’. Jo

There are a number of reasons why this occurs. Firstly, in some cases the treatment

would be futile and therefore be an unjustifiable use of resources (Beauchamp and

Childress, 2001). Secondly it is important to consider the patient who may be

receiving futile treatment, as this has the potential to cause harm through stress and

may give the patient or family false hope and unrealistic expectations (Hurst et al.,

2005; Clará et al., 2006; Gallagher, 2010).

Jo explained how, when treatment options are at the health care team’s disposal,

they may not be made available, for example, attempts to resuscitate:

‘they [doctors] do discuss it with patients if you know they understand, and to be honest with you the patients usually do understand and they're quite happy for that and a lot of patients actually say 'if anything happens I don't want any resuscitation'. Jo

Page 138: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

137

Ashely explained in depth how complex and distressing decision making can

become when there is conflict between the health care team, of which the nurse is a

member, and the family of a child in their care:

‘.......she was only 3 or 4 I think and she had tonsillitis, and during the night she got worse and worse and when we looked her tonsils were practically meeting in the middle, to the extent that she needed to go to theatre to be intubated, which you would think would be fairly straight forward except her parents were Jehovahs Witnesses, and they wouldn't let her go to theatre in case we gave her a blood transfusion. We explained that there was no way she was going to have a blood transfusion but they still wouldn't, and we spent a lot of time trying to persuade these parents, and they wouldn't be moved,..........but at this point we're responsible for the child... ‘ Ashley

Finally, things went to the court of protection:

‘......they overturned the parents and the child went to theatre and was intubated and everything was fine, but apparently they had an older child who had been to theatre and had a blood transfusion, and that was why they felt so strongly about it, but I mean the doctors were prepared to swear in a court that they weren't going to give this child a transfusion’. Ashley Throughout this Ashley was still able to empathise with the parents’ anxiety and

respect that this was their belief, recognising the conflict:

'We explained that there was no way she was going to have a blood transfusion, which you know is fine, it's their belief ..........as a mother I can't agree, as a nurse I can't agree and as a catholic I can't agree', Ashley Ashley’s account was filled with understanding for the family but concern for the child

in the situation and real concern for the child’s life. She demonstrated how strongly

she felt, drawing together roles as ‘mother’ ‘nurse’ and ‘catholic’, thus illustrating the

way in which her decision making was influenced in different ways. The family’s

beliefs were recognised but these were in conflict with Ashley’s and those of the

team and what was felt by the team should be done in the best interests of the child.

This included their duty of care to the child as the first concern and respecting that

Page 139: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

138

child as an individual with rights separate to those of the parents, although she had

not reached the age at which capacity to consent is formally recognised.

The Mental Capacity Act (2005) has laid down guidance and regulations for those

adults without capacity to make a decision in a particular situation, however, for

children it is more complex and may involve several agencies. Decision making

where there is conflict regarding the treatment of a child can involve a wide number

of agencies as well as the child, the family and the health care team. Decisions

should be made collectively and Gillick competence and Fazor’s Law (Payne, 2008)

are used to help determine the ‘right’ action. In the situation above things went to the

court of protection for a final decision as the situation could not be resolved any other

way.

7.2c Conflict with Nurse Managers

For the participants interviewed within this study it was this conflict that appeared to

have the biggest impact on both the care delivered and the nurse participants, as

they appeared to believe that, as nurses, these managers should have a shared

understanding of the dilemma and should share the values that informed the

participants’ decisions.

Drew explained how a direct instruction from an immediate line manager was felt to

be inappropriate and therefore Drew did not undertake the task as instructed:

‘I was asked would I give a drug to a patient by my line manager and I didn’t feel that the patient should have the drug’. Drew

This was not an easy thing for Drew:

Page 140: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

139

‘But I felt a bit threatened by my manager because he kept advising me that I should give this drug to calm the patient down so that the patient didn’t climb out of bed because the patient was confused umm… and the patient had cot sides up.... Drew .......So at the time I felt under pressure because this person was my boss and I was a very junior staff nurse Ummm…. And he was ordering me to give this drug in front of other people such as some of the medics that happened to be around the ward at the time and umm…’ Drew Following instruction from a nurse manager Ross explained the feelings caused by

refusing to follow instructions:

‘although because at one time we were equals she was now actually yes she was bed manager but she was a higher grade than me as well so umm… in a way it gave me numerous feelings because one my values and beliefs are that this is somebody that is on a higher grade than me and you should respect them. But I actually could not respect’. Ross Nurses’ roles may vary according to their position within the organisation, however,

all have responsibilities to ensure that high standards of care are maintained (NMC,

2008). The context within which nurses work can have a limiting impact on the care

delivered as resources may be limited (Oberle and Hughes, 2001; Colebatch, 2009).

A common example identified in the literature, within the context of limited resources,

is the pressure on bed occupancy within NHS Trusts (Oberle and Hughes, 2001;

Sinuff et al., 2004). This is supported by the National Audit Office (NAO) who have

reported that emergency department hospital attendances have risen 47% over the

last 15 years with more of those attending requiring hospital admission (NAO, 2013).

This can lead to conflict manifesting in a resultant ethical dilemma. In Chapter 6

Ross demonstrated her autonomy in a decision not to move two patients from the

ward and remained steadfast in refusing to follow the instructions of the bed

manager. Despite being pleased to have made the right decision, this did cause

conflict:

‘I did not care who thought I was wrong at my decision that I made and I did not move either of those two patients. And seriously did not care they could have sent the chief executive on the ward I would have stuck to my guns and did what I thought was best for those patients’. Ross

Page 141: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

140

‘Eventually when she rang me again, the bed manager, umm…. I actually told her exactly what I thought umm…. And she just said ‘Ok ok, I’m not moving them, but she never came and apologised for the fact that she even contemplated moving them. And I did not hear anything back from anybody’. Ross

Unfortunately for Ross, although the decision made to keep the patients until they

were taken home was followed through by her actions, there remained

disappointment in the conflict experienced.

Lee’s account was less about an individual person but explained how policy which is

associated with nursing management as has resulted in the problem. Lee explained

that Trust policy may at times be at odds with what the nurse views as a professional

obligation, resulting in conflict:

‘because of what you have to work with because of the rules and regulations and the policies and everything else so you do feel to be in an ethical dilemma really because you think your professional body and people are saying one thing but in reality your practice are saying you should do another one. Which sounds a bit confused..............................I think it is an ethical dilemma if it wasn’t maybe it was just a policy issue but ethically I felt pulled I felt I should have been .. and I did not I should have been ringing somebody and starting it out but my gut instinct was to say no because it was going to cause that much fuss and problem because you have worked with the system before’. Lee

Nicky had the same experience when challenging the decision to move a nurse from

the intensive care unit. Nicky showed a strong sense of respect for nurse managers

and was concerned that by trying to do what was felt to be best for patients in the

unit, she was perceived to be obstructive:

‘I really felt berated, I really felt like I was just being militant and I was being obstructive and I wasn't, so it was very difficult’. Nicky

Lee recognised that there are a number of things that may impact on what nurses

are able to do for patients. These include, in some cases, patients’ families, other

Page 142: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

141

health care professionals, Trust policy and the available resources, whilst nurses still

strive to do the best for patients:

‘quite often we were dealing with people who were frail who were older. For people who were elderly it would be really disruptive, dense strokes you know an awful lot of trauma to your patient to do that. And err for years and years and years we asked our management to sort something better out’. Lee

7.3 Conclusion

Both conflict and collaboration occur when addressing ethical dilemmas in the

context of secondary care. In a sense these are two ends of a single continuum;

once agreement about a plan of care has been made, collaboration can occur to

ensure that this is delivered effectively but conflict can arise when all parties do not

agree.

The importance of team and interprofessional decision making to achieve best

patient outcomes can be seen throughout participants’ accounts and the importance

of communicating effectively with everyone involved. Collaborative interprofessional

working is essential to ensure high standards of care are delivered where possible,

developing shared goals (Botes, 2000a).

Both collaboration and conflict between doctors and nurses in participants’ accounts

tended to relate to direct patient care, in particular in relation to the care of the dying

pathway and when to commence this for patients who appear to be terminally ill.

This may be explained by the differences in the perspective of care for nurses and

doctors, with doctors’ emphasis on treatment and cure (Torjuul and Sørlie, 2006).

However, the organisation’s hierarchical structure may have a greater impact than

Page 143: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

142

the different perspectives doctors and nurses bring to these ethical dilemmas

(Oberle and Hughes, 2001).

Collaboration between other health care professionals was also identified as being

important if patients were going to receive the best outcomes, both during their

hospital stay and after discharge; in some cases specialist services were also

involved (DH, 2000).

Collaboration with patients was identified as an essential part of getting the right plan

of care in place; the building of effective relationships with patients and their families

was viewed as an essential part of achieving this (NMC, 2008).

In extreme circumstances where following policy was viewed to be potentially

harmful to the patient, Lee identified how nurses may risk ‘bending the rules’ to

achieve what is seen to be the best for the patient, even when this involves colluding

with other health care professionals.

Conflict has been identified within participant transcripts where team members, for a

variety of reasons, held different views of what might be the best option. This, in

some cases, was differences based on the values and beliefs of team members,

including various health care professionals, patients and their families. Conflict may

also occur where the first choice of action is obstructed by Trust policy or limited

resources. For both Nicky and Ross this caused their distress and disappointment in

colleagues who failed to support their preferred course of action. Concern for others,

Page 144: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

143

including colleagues as well as patients and their families, is a feature of the conflict

experienced and is the focus of the next chapter

Page 145: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

144

Chapter 8 - Concern for Others

8.0 Concern for Others

Although the dominant theme throughout all the accounts was about striving to do

what is best for the patient, including the delivery of high quality care, a smaller but

significant theme was that participants also demonstrated concern for others. The

concerns expressed were about the other people involved in the dilemma and the

impact that any decisions made would have upon them. The following examples

demonstrate how far-reaching these concerns were; they went beyond the patient’s

immediate family to other patients who also use health care facilities and resources

and other members of the health care team. Where concerns had been raised that

impacted on the health care team, participants’ accounts indicated the desire to do

the best they could to ensure that team members felt valued and that their best

interests were also considered to be important.

Brooke explained how, when the management of pressure ulcer preventions on the

ward was under scrutiny, efforts were made to make staff feel valued and maintain

staff morale and she saw this as an opportunity for all the staff to improve their

knowledge of tissue viability, pressure ulcer prevention, management and the latest

guidance from the European Pressure Ulcer Advisory Panel (EPUA), and National

Pressure Ulcer Advisory Panel (NPUA) (EPAU and NPUA, 2009; EPAU and NPUA,

2010). Brooke explained the situation and her concerns around staff morale as, at

this time, they might have felt under scrutiny. Brooke appointed a nurse to take on

the role of tissue viability link nurse and ensured that the nurse was given time

during the working week to develop practice on the ward. Brooke was extremely

concerned about the morale of all the team members and expressed that it was

Page 146: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

145

important to consider this and to take measures to ensure they did not feel

reprimanded but understood that good practice did exist and that the incident would

provide further development opportunities:

‘as a manager you've got to then find ways of putting mechanisms in place to stop that happening again, but also to make the staff feel supported and because they are very passionate about nursing and I do believe people do this job because they want to care on the whole, they take it all to heart and it's all against them and you feel staff morale go down as well’ Brooke.

Brooke attempted, through effective leadership, to empower the ward nurses to

improve care and to ensure that they felt valued. A variety of leadership styles can

be effectively used within health care settings; styles which focus on relationships

within the team are seen to produce better outcomes for the nursing workforce

(Cummings et al., 2010). These relationships involve the patients themselves as

well as other members of the team and the investment that nurse managers put into

the relationships they have with their nurses will have a positive impact on the well-

being of the nursing workforce and, consequently, outcomes for patients (Cummings

et al., 2010):

‘I’ve also talked to all the staff as well and I’ve said 'actually you're very highly thought of', and in fact two of the managers have been on the ward and have been really, really supportive of me as well now, because they realise how sort of passionate we are about it and how we just don't want this to happen, but how just sometimes things like that are unavoidable, somebody will fall [for example], you know you can't stop it all the time’. Brooke

Brooke explained why effective working relationships throughout the team are so

important and how a culture of care can impact on the way people feel:

‘I am passionate about my job, my work and my staff and I want to look after them, and I see my role as not only a manager but also pastoral really, I’m looking after their needs as well, and that makes a stronger team and it shows that I care about them, you know within the realms of confidentiality they all come and tell me things that never goes anywhere else except you know in here between them, but also I feel that's the best way of leading people, isn't it? You know leading from the

Page 147: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

146

front and showing that you actually care. I mean they could tell I was actually upset last Monday and I thought that was really touching, and a few came and gave me a hug and I thought 'oh God, that's really lovely'. Brooke Brooke showed how important the nursing team are and how, as Charge Nurse, she

was concerned about the impact this was having on them and strove to make them

feel cared about. This is important as Brooke wanted to maintain staff morale,

treating team members with sensitivity to reduce any stress or loss of self esteem

amongst staff members. Issues identified in the literature that impact on morale and

job satisfaction amongst nurses include increased stress associated with limited

resources and time constraints which negatively impacts on work place relationships

(Hong et al., 2011). Similar concerns were expressed by Nicky following the

request to move staff from the unit, which has been explored in Chapter 6. This had

resulted from a shortage of staff which, in turn, had impacted on the relationships

with both the doctor who was approached for support and the senior nurse who

made the decision to move the nurse from the unit.

Sam’s account of trying to resolve issues with a member of the nursing team whose

behaviour on the ward fell below the required professional standard also revealed

how he was concerned not only for this particular staff member but also for the other

staff on whom this situation impacted. Concerns had also been raised about this staff

member’s competency in relation to caring for the particular types of patient on the

ward, having only just joined the ward team. The nurse in question had required

redeployment due to changes in service provision within The Trust. As time

progressed, regardless of Sam’s attempts to support this nurse, standards of care on

the ward were being negatively affected as the situation impacted on other staff

members, particularly unregistered health care assistants. Sam was using a

Page 148: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

147

relationship focused approach to leadership (Cummings et al., 2010) to try and

improve nursing outcomes and patient care.

Recognising the importance of addressing these issues, Sam continued to work with

this nurse in an effort to bring her practice up to the required standards and to

support the ward team. These efforts resulted in Sam having a little time away from

the ward and working with senior nurses to try and ensure appropriate professional

development was achieved. Like Brooke, Sam (also a Charge Nurses) demonstrated

a high level of commitment to the ward staff as well as to patients.

Whilst addressing problems and complaints associated with this, Sam continued to

invest time and effort in this nurse, trying to facilitate her professional development

until there was no option but to take formal procedures:

‘I wanted her to succeed but the staff who had issues with her, they said she'd never [change].....................but I never give up on anybody me, I've always been that kind of person..... Because it's nature to... I've always put a lot of effort into people that are difficult or are struggling..... I think in my heart of hearts I knew how bad it was going to go in the end, I knew eventually something would happen because as every month went by, whenever there was an issue, a dilemma, a complaint, or something it was always worse, it got that bit worse every time.’ Sam

Sam showed the fundamental value placed upon people. Although Sam recognised

that this was a situation where things could not be changed, he continued to try:

‘I put my heart and soul into guiding her along really put a lot of effort into working through, checking with her, trying to support her, and feeling a bit sorry for her really at one point because she was under a lot of pressure’. Sam

Following a serious incident Sam recognised this had to be formalised and referred

to senior management and the human resources department; he recognised the

impact this might have:

Page 149: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

148

‘I had to escalate it straight away, and I sat in the office for 20 minutes thinking what do I do here, what do I do here? I knew the consequences once that call was made and that document was filled in............ The seriousness of the incident and what I believed to be the lack of numerous things that led to it that were not done for whatever reason. Sam

Sam clearly struggled with making this decision because of the consequences that

would follow for the nurse. However, in addition to patient care, Sam was also

concerned for herself and other staff on the ward:

‘I was worried about my registration and I was worried for my staff because

she would just pass the blame for things onto other people’. Sam

An unexpected outcome for Sam was that when this member of staff no longer

worked on the ward, the team pulled together to ensure good quality care was

delivered; this might have been a result of Sam’s approach to leadership combined

with the team’s shared goals, which had not fundamentally changed.

It is evident from Sam’s account that, whilst going through the process of providing

support, setting targets and identifying areas for improvement with regular review

meetings, Sam was concerned not only for that particular nurse. The impact it was

having on quality of care on the ward and the impact it was having on the remaining

team members were of equal importance. Dilemmas of this kind go beyond direct

patient care and those in management positions face different dilemmas to nurses

responsible only for direct patient care. Similarity in the approaches taken by nurses

can, however, be recognised.

Page 150: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

149

Sam demonstrated that the value placed on the individual is not person specific, she

valued and was concerned about all the staff in the team and the patients in their

care.

As discussed in Chapter 7, another participant, Lee, had collaborated with the

doctors to access the medication required for a particularly frail male patient. Not

only did Lee express concerns for the patient but also for his family and the

prescribing doctor who ‘bent ‘ the rules to achieve what was considered the best

action for the patient.

Lee, the other nurse checking the medication and the prescribing doctor all put

themselves at risk. Lee justified the decision to take a verbal drug order over the

telephone as this was perceived to be what was best for the patient and, by following

Trust policy, the patient would have been at risk of experiencing avoidable upheaval

and further distress. Lee also demonstrated concern for all those who were involved

in the dilemma, not only the patient, his family and other health professionals, which

echoes the values demonstrated by Sam:

‘We have got to start upheaving her we have got to get a stretcher we have

got to move her out and upsetting basically the whole family and the whole system’.

Lee

Charlie’s dilemma was deciding which of the equally dependent patients on the ward

would be moved to provide a bed for an ‘outlier’, Charlie weighed up the impact on

each patient and, whilst there was an acknowledgement that transferring the patient

identified to move was not ideal, Charlie was also concerned about the patients

Page 151: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

150

waiting to be admitted to the ward. This dilemma forms a detailed case study in

Chapter 9, so is not discussed further here.

When managing patient care in the final days and hours of life, the accounts

provided by both Jo and Charlie not only considered the impact the patient’s care

has on the patient but also the effect on their family, who experience their own

suffering during this time. Charlie explained how delays in implementing the end of

life care pathway (DH, 2009, NHS, 2011) had impacted on the family as well as the

patient. Charlie and Jo both recognised this in their individual accounts (see page xx)

8.1 Conclusion

It has become evident that the concern that nurses have for others is far reaching

and that, whilst the patient’s care and what is perceived to be best for the patient is

at the forefront of the decisions, nurses do consider others, recognising the impact

on those both directly and indirectly affected by the decisions and actions

undertaken by them as part of their professional roles.

As in other themes examined, [best for the patient, autonomy, collaboration and

conflict], professional relationships have an impact on what nurses are able to

achieve for the patient and others involved. When concerned for staff morale, both

Sam and Charlie used a relationship based approach to resolving the dilemma,

striving to help make improving standards of care a positive experience for the

nursing team (Cummings et al., 2010).

Page 152: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

151

When managing the care of dying patients, nurses develop close supportive

relationships with patients and their families, which results in the ability to advocate

for the patient and their family when negotiating care with the health care team

(Peter et al., 2004; Storch et al., 2004). The concern for their families is upheld in the

accounts of both Jo and Charlie.

In summary, in this section on ‘concern for others’, these extracts serve to

demonstrate a strongly held belief that people are important and that their welfare is

the concern of nurses. This reflects Kant’s proposal that humans have an intrinsic

value, that each has the right to self direction and the associated principle of

autonomy (Cahn and Markie, 2006).

Having completed the presentation of the thematic analysis of participant accounts in

Chapters 5-8, Chapter 9 will present a single critical account in context and highlight

where these themes appear and where and how the relationships developed by the

participant influence ethical decision-making and the participant’s ability to achieve

moral action. Within Chapters 9 and 10 the theoretical framework will be critically

discussed and debated within the context of these findings.

Page 153: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

152

Chapter 9 – Case study

9.0 Case study

In this chapter a single case study, drawn from one ethical dilemma presented by

Charlie, has been selected to facilitate theoretical analysis. Both content analysis

and interactional analysis have been undertaken, looking at the dilemma and the

reasoning, decision making and contextual influences within it.

Charlie, who is a staff nurse with in excess of thirty years experience, explained how,

on a regular basis, nurses are required to make difficult decisions about which

patients may be moved to another ward area to ‘out lie’. This is when a patient is

cared for on a ward that does not necessary routinely care for patients with a

particular condition and where the team of doctors managing the medical or surgical

aspects of the patient’s treatment are not routinely available but do routinely visit.

Thus, the house officer and registrar who spend time on the ward where the patient

has been sent will not be familiar with the patient’s situation; those who are may

need to be reminded to visit to review the patient.

Analysis of this case study has facilitated a deeper understanding of the relationship

between the themes from the research and how they work together in context. The

re-conceptualised theoretical framework can be found in Figure 2, where the stages

of the framework are redrawn and the element of ‘relationships’ added as an

overarching element.

Using a diagrammatic format, each stage of the theoretical framework has been

linked to Charlie’s account. Analysing Charlie’s account in this way has helped to

Page 154: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

153

clarify the beliefs and values that underpinned the decision to move this particular

patient to ‘out lie’ in another ward. This approach has also revealed more clearly how

and when the relationships the nurses developed were crucial. The analysis leads

me to believe that nurses’ ability to undertake moral action, in order to do what is

perceived to be the best possible outcome for the patient, is significantly facilitated

through the skilful development of professional relationships

Page 155: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

154

9.1 Reconceptualised Theoretical Framework.

Figure 2: Reconceptualised Theoretical Framework

Moral Action

underpinned by virtue

Ethical Decision Making Agent centred Virtues: compassionate, open minded, courageous Ethic of care: relationships with others: patients, their families, the health and social care team

Act centred Deontology : Respect for persons / autonomy Equity treating patients fairly according to need Minimising harm striving for the best possible outcomes Reasoning and justifying their decisions Consequentialism / utilitarianism careful use of scarce resources

Moral Reasoning

Values The patient

Other people Truth telling

Professional relationships

Beliefs Patients come first

Nurses have a shared value system Others are important

Team working is essential Restrictions exist

Ethical Dilemma

In Context

Equally unacceptable options

Secondary care context :

Limited resources

Increased technical and expensive intervention

Blurring of professional boundaries / New nursing roles

R

E

L

A

T

I

O

N

S

H

I

P

S

Nurse patient

relationship

With other patients, patient families, members of the

health and social care team

In partnership

Page 156: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

155

Charlie’s Dilemma Relationships Theoretical Framework Ethical Dilemma:

CHARLIE: Well I think the one that

immediately springs to mind is when

we're asked to actually move the

patient off the ward, because the

patients have had some major xxxx

surgery to come to us and you look

round and all our patients are unwell

and who do you move? I mean I look

and I think – do I move the amputee

who really needs the attentions of the

‘specialist’ physio every day? Do I

move him? Do I move the gentleman

that's only had a debridement of his

foot, but if he goes to another ward it

doesn't get the dressing done? Is he

potentially going to go for another

debridement? Do we move the elderly

lady who's had some surgery but she's

a bit confused and then you're moving

her somewhere else and she becomes

even more confused? And I think I

find that probably the hardest, I

struggle with that – who is the best to

Discussing a recent incident

where Charlie was required

to identify a patient for

moving to other ward areas

to make room of a newly

admitted patient. Charlie

has a comprehensive

understanding of the

patients and begins to

consider in detail the impact

on the patients.

Demonstrating how strongly

Charlie values the patients

and how important the

patient experience and care

is to Charlie, Charlie

explains that all the people

in her care are unwell,

leaving Charlie with an

ethical dilemma, presenting

two or more available

alternatives which appear

equally undesirable (Hamric

Nurse:

patient

relationship

Nurse: other

patients

Page 157: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

156

actually move? et al., 2000; Beauchamp

and Childress, 2001;

Noureddine, 2001).

Charlie’s Dilemma Relationships Moral Reasoning:

CHARLIE: I’ve really got to go through

each patient individually and sort of

think who's best placed to go? Who's

likely to do well? I mean sometimes it

tends to be actually the amputees that

get moved, mainly because they've no

wounds or anything and quite often

some of them can wheel themselves

down to the physio department, so it

tends to be them.

But sometimes it's really.... if you've

got someone.... because we are

xxxxxx the type of patient we have,

sometimes their wounds don't do very

good so you can really struggle with

15 patients as to who's best placed to

actually move, because we do have

patients that are with us for months at

a time, we've just recently had a

gentleman died and another lady was

Charlie begins to identify the

options and the unknown,

unable to predict the future

needs of each patient and

what the impact of the move

might be on each of those

who Charlie may choose to

move. This indicates that

Charlie has already found

that the consequentialist

approaches to ethical

decision making have

limitations but may need to

be utilised.

Charlie wants what is best

for each one of the patients,

and knows that to be moved

to an outlying ward is not

the best for any these

patients. This theme is the

Nurse: other

patients

Page 158: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

157

discharged to a nursing home, one

had been with us for 6 months and the

other was 7 months and the hospital

does do an audit for patients that have

been in for over 10 days, and for quite

a long period of time we only had one

patient who had actually been with us

less than 10 days and we did that over

a month period so it's difficult and

there's so many of them, it's really,

really difficult to.... I think actually we

did have a gentleman fairly recently

that was a bilateral amputee. He'd

had an amputation perhaps about 18

months ago and he came in and had

the other leg off.

dominant theme from the

thematic analysis of the

accounts provided by the

nurse participants; it is this

value that nurses hold

regarding patients that

influences their moral

reasoning and makes

moving patients an ethical

dilemma for Charlie.

Charlie also knows that

there is a patient waiting to

be admitted who requires

specialist care and what is

best for this patient is to be

admitted to Charlie’s ward.

From an early stage in the

account provided Charlie

begins to articulate the

importance of the nurse

patient relationship,

reflecting how the nurses

value the patient as an

individual and the

Page 159: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

158

responsibility felt towards

the patients and their

experience, as seen in the

thematic analysis and

indicated in The Code NMC

(2008). When considering

the complexity of the

problem Charlie

demonstrates how the

situation requires multiple

relationships with numerous

patients simultaneously to

be maintained. Balancing

the interests of individual

patients within the group

can result in difficult

situations for the nurse.

Charlie’s Dilemma Relationships Ethical Decision Making:

CHARLIE:

We were struggling with him actually

on the ward and it was really quite

difficult to get him moving. This

gentleman has quite a complex past

medical history and had an awful lot of

pain and his ongoing pain was very

The value placed on the

individual and their

experience informs Charlie’s

initial responses to the

situation, demonstrating the

value Charlie places on the

Page 160: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

159

difficult to manage and sad to say he

was actually the best patient to

actually move, and it was so

inappropriate to actually move a

bilateral amputee and his family were

quite difficult and we were struggling.

He had a son, he lived with his son

and the son had a problem with

alcohol dependence so we're trying to

sort of liaise with the son and get him

home, and obviously this gentleman

had no legs, had a lot of pain, he was

quite an emotional man, he was prone

to tears quite a lot of the time and we

had to move him off and you felt really

like you were abandoning him.

We moved him to another ward, which

he was fine on there, the girls on there

are really good, but it was just he'd

been with us so long and he'd had

several admissions because he's had

bypasses in the past which had

become blocked and he'd come back

and had ended up with the amputation

individual process which

informs the ethical decision

making and action

undertaken in an attempt to

resolve the problem. Charlie

explains in the account

provided how important the

individual is and that the

best interest of the patient is

paramount

The importance of effective

professional relationships

with patients, including trust,

advocacy and recognising

both the patient’s and the

nurse’s values are important

aspects of developing this

relationship (Chadwick and

Tadd, 1992).

The importance of the

relationships nurses develop

with patients in their care

Nurse: Patient

Nurse:

Patient’s family

Page 161: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

160

and then the second one, so he was

perhaps with us 6 or 7 admissions

over the last 2 or 3 years.

Charlie: He knew he'd get the support

and help here, and it's difficult then like

I say when you move them to a

different ward. I mean he has been

discharged, he was discharged about

2 or 3 weeks ago, but you know it's

very, very difficult to say to someone

well you're the unlucky one. And you

feel it's like a lottery, you're sat there

and you're the one being chosen to do

something you don't really want to do.

Charlie: I think the other thing that I

find hard is as well, the patients get

used to us and used to the ward

environment and then you're moving

them somewhere else and I think it's a

bit like moving a child I suppose really,

you're moving them along and they

know us and it's then they've got to

form a new relationship on that ward

reflects Gilligan’s feminist

theory of moral development

(Gilligan, 1982) and the

ethic of care discussed by

Beauchamp and Childress,

(2001) and Hawley (2007).

The nurse participants

recognise that the

development of effective

relationships puts the

patient at the centre of

decision making and care

provision and thus upholds

their belief that the patient

and what is ‘best for the

patient’ is the strongest held

belief, as emerged from the

thematic analysis of the data

collected.

Charlie compares this action

Nurse: Patient

Nurse: social

care team

In partnership

Nurse: Patient

Nurse: social

care team

In partnership

In

partnership

Page 162: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

161

you know with the staff, and I think

that's quite hard as well.

with that of moving a child,

demonstrating the sense of

responsibility of care felt by

Charlie; caring in the right

way about the right things

(Allmark,1998). This caring

relationship is the central

characteristic of the ethic of

care (Hawley, 2007),

Charlie’s Dilemma Relationships Moral Action

CHARLIE: ‘I sent one our auxiliaries

with him, I said 'make sure you unpack

his things, you know that he has a look

around the ward, introduce him to the

nurses and stuff'. I did ring the ward

up and you know said 'this

gentleman's been with us a long time,

he's had several admissions you

know, and he does know everybody,

I’m not happy about moving him, he's

not an ideal transfer. I said and I know

from your point of view because you're

colorectal, it's not an ideal patient for

us to move to you, it's not an

Charlie explains in detail the

action taken once the

decision had been made

which patient to move.

Charlie and the team

worked to make sure that

the man who was moved

was kept informed and the

move resulted in the

minimal amount of

disruption to his care.

Charlie engaged with the

nursing staff on the

Nurse: health

care team

In partnership

Nurse: health

care team

In partnership

Page 163: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

162

appropriate move, but he's the best

gentleman to move. He was actually

the most stable gentleman we had at

that time to move, you know and I said

'he's really worried, he's quite upset', I

related all the history obviously to the

other ward, the problems with his son

and his home circumstances, the

problems we'd had with the pain team

was ongoing, and I mean I said to the

pain team was ongoing, and I mean I

said to the physios 'can you make sure

you go sort of morning and afternoon

just so he knows we haven't forgotten

him, that he hasn't been sent off

somewhere where that's it we're not

having anything to do with you

anymore.

receiving ward to explain

this man’s case and identify

his nursing needs, ensuring

that the physiotherapist

knew where he was and

making sure that he would

be seen the next day to

reassure him that he would

not be forgotten,

demonstrating the value

placed upon the individual.

.

Charlie reflects Relationships Justifying the decision

CHARLIE: Well, this gentleman had

an awful lot of problems with pain and

he had had throughout his admissions

and he has been seen by the chronic

As Charlie reflects on the

way the ethical dilemma

was addressed and the

decision making undertaken

Nurse: Patient

Nurse: health

care team

In partnership

Page 164: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

163

pain team at home and obviously

before surgery the acute pain team,

and was seen every couple of days,

because for this gentleman it was very

difficult to get on top patients,

particularly the amputees, the

ischemic pain that they actually get in

their lower limb

is so bad prior to surgery that once

they have the amputation really they

are not bothered about the pain killers,

they are quite happy with a couple of

paracetamol, because that pain is so

bad that the wound pain they get from

the surgical wound is nothing by

comparison to what they've as with

most things, but I think that's one thing

that's really important, that our patients

are not in pain, and this particular

gentleman we really struggled to get

on top of his, so I think it was really

important that they understood that we

had a lot of problems and we had

addressed that problem but it was still

it is possible to see how the

duty based ethical

approaches were used to

justify the decision and

consequential action taken

by Charlie.

That most important value,

‘best for the patient’,

expressed by all the nurse

participants, remains at the

centre of Charlie’s account,

to which ends Charlie works

collaboratively with the

health care team and the

nurses on the ward where

the patient is going.

Charlie communicates with

the ward team where her

patient will be transferred so

that they understand his

Page 165: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

164

ongoing.

CHARLIE: Well the thing is that he

can't go home like that because he

can't move, he can't get in and out of

his wheelchair, he can't you know deal

with activities of daily living –

he can't wash himself, he can't move

around the bed, he's got pressure

ulcers. I mean this gentleman liked to

go out for a smoke and quite often our

amputee patients will get up and

they're off the following day because

they like a cigarette, but with this

gentleman the pain was so bad he

couldn't even get out of bed which was

very, very unusual, so the pain was

extremely debilitating for this man. In

fact I can't think of another single

person actually where it's been quite

so bad as it was for this particular

gentleman, and it was, as I said, an

ongoing battle with it.

needs in order to minimise

the disruption (harm) to the

patient’s care and recovery,

indicating that the ethical

principle of non-maleficence

is upheld. The team

continue to try and manage

the patient’s pain, upholding

the principle of beneficence.

Charlie acknowledges that it

is not ideal and goes as far

as to say that moving this

man felt like abandonment.

Charlie takes the role of

caring for the patient very

strongly, so strongly that it is

expressed in comparison to

the duty of care one has to a

child.

Page 166: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

165

CHARLIE: I think it makes you feel

like you've abandoned a child really,

you've sort of, you've just, I feel

sometimes like you know they trust us

to make us aware that we are actually

dealing with people, but yeah you

know sometimes we're treating them

like parcels because we're moving

them here, there and everywhere and I

try to make the experience....my thing

is I like to treat people how I want to

be treated and I think I would be a pain

I really do, I think I would be a

extremely difficult patient.

CHARLIE: I think I would be extremely

difficult, you know I would be very

demanding and I like to make sure that

I treat the patients the same way, so I

think you know.... as I say, I just felt, it

wasn't an experience that I wanted to

go through really. I think you have to

put it behind you and I just think, I’ve

done this, I’ve done everything that I

possibly can, there's nothing else that I

Charlie refers to the fact that

nurses are dealing with

people not ‘parcels’,

recognising the intrinsic

moral value patients have

as rational beings and the

ethical principle of

autonomy.

Charlie explains the

importance of treating

people equally, upholding

the principle of justice.

Charlie returns to how it felt

to move this man,

comparing it to the

abandonment of a child. It is

therefore reasonable to

understand how moral

distress, as identified in the

Page 167: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

166

can do, I have to move him and that's

it, and you just have to put it in a box

and put it away, but I don't think it's a

nice feeling.

CHARLIE: Well I suppose that the

patients I’ve chosen to stay, obviously

they're in different stages of their

recovery and maybe they're not

medically stable, you know maybe I’ve

chosen them to stay, maybe they're for

surgery or whatever. Obviously I’ve

looked at all those issues before I’ve

actually moved anyone.

CHARLIE: No, I’m happy with that

because I know I’ve made the right

move, I know I’ve moved that

gentleman because I’ve no choice, it's

not a move that I’m 100% happy with

but I know I’ve done it as it should be

done you know and that's it, and you

just have to cut off from it then. That's

it, you've done what you can, you just

have to cut off and move on,

research reviewed by Corely

(2002), is a consequence of

some of the decisions and

actions Charlie had to

engage with in this

situation.

Charlie begins to justify

what has been a difficult

choice. There are targets to

meet based on the

availability of resources.

Issues associated with

minimising harm,

recognising vulnerability are

recognised by Charlie

supported by a justification

of the decision Charlie

Page 168: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

167

Charlie: I think you can't wear your

heart on your sleeve, you can't do that.

Sometimes you just have to cut off,

you can't carry it on, because the other

thing is you've got other patients that

need you, you know they need your

expertise, they can't use somebody

who's a blubbering mess. Yeah, but I

think it's something you do have to sort

of.... you do have to harden yourself a

little bit sometimes I think.

made. This, perhaps, helps

Charlie, reduce any moral

distress experienced as part

of the moral residue which

result from any moral

dilemma (Hursthouse, 1999)

Charlie shows, some

experienced nurses have

learned to manage moral

residue and potential moral

distress by recognising the

dissonance that exists

between the ideal outcome

and the real outcome.

9.2 Conclusion

Having looked closely at Charlie’s account it is possible to identify where and how

crucial relationships with patients, their families and other health and social care

workers helped nurses to understand the impact of their actions taken in response to

ethical dilemmas. These actions aimed to help facilitate the best possible outcomes

in the context of secondary care. Experienced nurses, in this case Charlie, are seen

to recognise that the context may limit the possible options for all those on whom the

Page 169: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

168

action may impact and that there have to be compromises made, resulting, in some

cases, in moral distress. In the account above it is possible to see how Charlie

recognised the dissonance between the ideal outcome and the best possible

outcome achievable in the context at that time, freeing Charlie of the emotional

burden of distress and possible consequences.

The overall analysis of this case study leads to a discussion, in Chapter 10,

regarding the development of the concepts in the framework, greater understanding

of the role played by moral distress and the exploration of relationships as central to

the successful resolution of ethical dilemmas in practice.

Page 170: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

169

Chapter 10 - Discussion.

It appears from the data collected and the literature reviewed in Chapter 2 that

nurses face ethical dilemmas in practice and are in many cases able to contribute to

the resolution of these dilemmas. In this chapter I will critically discuss key aspects

of the nurse’s contribution to solving these problems and the factors that influence

their ability to do so, utilising the theoretical framework and incorporating the

findings, policy, practice, prior research, philosophy and theoretical underpinnings.

The Reconceptualised Theoretical Framework of ethical dilemmas in context (Figure

2) illustrates the centrality of relationships to the resolution of ethical dilemmas, as it

emerged from the findings in Chapters 5 to 9. This chapter will critically explore this

finding in relation to current literature regarding the stages of the framework: ethical

dilemmas in context; moral reasoning, ethical decision making; and moral action.

Whilst discussing ethical decision making it will explore the extent to which virtue

ethics are important to this relationship and the contribution this data makes to our

understanding of moral distress: In doing so the discussion will locate the study’s

contribution to nursing knowledge.

10.1 Ethical dilemmas

As discussed in Chapter 2, ethical dilemmas are those which consist of conflicting

principles resulting in equally unacceptable courses of action (Hamric et al., 2000;

Noureddine, 2001; Beauchamp and Childress, 2001). Analysis of the collected data

shows that it is possible to conclude that all participants were able to identify an

Page 171: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

170

ethical dilemma and demonstrates that participants strongly believed that the welfare

of patients is most important; this remained a theme throughout the narrative

accounts (see Chapter 5). The dilemmas that occurred for these participants were

described in terms of the context at that time, rather than as abstract problems to be

resolved. The nurses identified their professional goal to be that their patients

receive the best care available and thus the first and possibly most important

relationship identified is that between the nurse and those to whom the nurse has a

duty of care.

10.2 The context

Obstacles to giving the best possible care and conflicts with the nurses’ personal

value systems contributed to the dilemmas discussed by participants. Examples of

the importance of context are provided within this thesis, which include the

identification of a patient who was to be moved to a non-specialist ward where care

may have been compromised or recovery delayed (see Chapter 9) and cases where

perhaps the family, or even the nurses themselves, felt that the patient’s decision

was not one they would have recommended, as discussed by Chris (see Chapter 5).

The context in which all of the narratives took place was secondary care and, as with

other societies, the secondary healthcare community follows patterns of behaviour

and formal and informal rules (Melia, 1987). Formal rules include those contained

within each of the professional codes of conduct, the law of the country within which

they practise and the policies of the organisation within which they work. Informal

rules are those which have developed through custom and practice, informal

hierarchies, many of which have been identified within the literature, especially the

Page 172: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

171

relationship between doctors and nurses (Davies, 2003; Gunnarsdottir et al., 2009

Long- Sutehall et al., 2011).

10.2a National policy and English law

Nurse participants within this study recognised that national policy and the law

impacted on professional practice generally and, in context, the nurses were able to

identify where law applied to their practice and to the dilemmas they were facing.

For example, the Mental Capacity Act (2005) influenced the decision to ensure a

patient in the care of Chris did have capacity to make his own decision in relation to

his discharge home from hospital. The Act gave Chris a structure for thinking through

the dilemma and for arguing the case for reviewing capacity. Gillick competence

(NSPCC, 2014) was used by Ashley in caring for children, where competence to

make decisions was assessed by the nurse rather than simply accepting the parents’

decision. In both these cases the law in context supported their practice.

The National Health Service in the United Kingdom has changed significantly over

the last 20 years, with the introduction of the internal market (DH, 1990) the idea of

working with independent providers in the NHS Plan (DH, 2000), Foundation Trusts

first announced by Alan Millburn the Secretary for Health for Tony Blair’s Labour

Government of the time and Health Care Commissioning (RCN, 2011), to name just

a few of the developments. Management styles adopted by Health Service

managers, coping with limited resources, performance review and a target driven

service, have been interpreted by some as a threat to the traditional public health

service values (Dopson, 2009). This can be seen in the account provided by Charlie

(see Chapter 9) as patients are transferred to another ward due to limited specialist

Page 173: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

172

beds being available. How the ‘authority’ of doctors dominates the decision making

and limits the nurse’s ability to provide care for the dying is documented in accounts

by Chris and Charlie (See Chapter 5). Ross, too, struggled with the Bed Manager’s

decision on how to manage limited bed availability (see Chapter 7) and Nicky was

left feeling unhappy when perceiving that patient safety on the ICU was potentially

compromised as senior nurses chose to reallocate nurses to another area in the

hospital (see Chapter 7).

10.2b Organisational policy

Participants found that organisational policy restricted their ability to provide the ‘best

for the patient’ in some cases, for example when Lee collaborated with a doctor to

work outside of the organisation’s policy and prevent a patient’s transfer to another

hospital for medical consultation. Ross also refused to comply with the policy for

transferring patients due for discharge to the discharge lounge. Working outside of

the organisation’s policy may result in the employing organisation not taking

vicarious liability for the consequences of the actions undertaken by those involved,

which may lead to disciplinary measures or dismissal (for example: Blackpool

Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust; 2014; Papworth Hospital Foundation

Trust, 2014). Thus, when the participants chose, they took risks which involved a

certain amount of courage, as they might have faced serious consequences

regardless of the outcome for the patient. Courage, as a facet of virtue ethics, is

discussed in more detail below. The participants’ response to organisational policy

was also influenced by their professional Code. The ‘Code of Standards of Conduct,

Performance and Ethics for Nurses’ (NMC, 2008) was identified in the literature

Page 174: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

173

review as important to nursing practice and reflects the values held by participants

and the standards to which they worked. The Code (NMC, 2008) is the standard by

which all nurse are judged accountable in a fitness for practice hearing (NMC, 2011).

Participants in this study did not refer to The Code (NMC, 2008) directly, although it

was evident in their descriptions of their practice. It is possible that as the nurses

became socialised into the profession, aspects of the code were internalised

(Benner, 1984; Settelmair and Nigam, 2007). The values contained in ‘The Code’

became part of their professional values, for example, ‘make the care of people your

first concern, treating them as individuals and respecting their dignity’ (NMC, 2008

p2) is evident with all participants expressing this principle in one way or another.

The internalisation of these standards adds to the concept of nursing ethics and

virtue ethics discussed below. Nurses, however, do not practice alone and the ability

to contribute is affect by the society within which they practice (Chafey et al., 1998;

Torp and Thomas, 2007).

10.2c Sociological context

Societies are made up of interconnected groups; this is reflected in the wider society

within any country, community or organisation (Porter, 1998). Hospitals reflect this

societal structure, without which the health service treatment and care could not be

delivered. The work of Durkheim (1858 – 1917), an early sociologist, focused on the

roles of social groups, for example the family, and how they contributed to the

maintenance of social structure and social laws (Porter, 1998). Health care

professions frequently work within small social groups in the secondary care setting;

these consist of a range of professionals working in a given ward or clinical area.

Page 175: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

174

Each individual member of this group is assigned to a professional group: nurses,

medics, radiologists, and other therapists; in some cases this also includes members

of social care professions. Participants’ accounts included evidence of this

particularly between nurses and doctors (Lee, Nicky and Jo), and with other

professionals, as demonstrated in the accounts of Chris, Jordan, Charlie and Ross.

Weber (1864-1920) identified social groups by stratification rather than by class as

understood by Karl Marx (1818-83). Weber’s interpretation of social groups through

stratification perhaps reflects some of the influences on the nurse’s place within the

social context of their professional practice (Porter, 1998). Nurses fall within the final

group within Weber’s theory; these are referred to as ‘parties’. Parties have a shared

goal which is reflected in the party agenda which results in social status. Nurses

achieve this partly through the specialist knowledge and skills they achieve through a

programme of education. Equally, medical doctors have achieved social status which

appears to hold greater power than other professionals involved in healthcare

(Dierckx de Casterle, et al., 2010). It is, however, evident that with new nursing

roles, nurses show willingness to challenge doctors’ decisions regarding individual

patient’s treatment and care, as seen in participant accounts. For example, when

caring for people at the end of life, Jo and Charlie both explained that they

challenged doctors’ decisions about aggressive curative treatments (although they

were not always successful in changing the treatment plan).

The structural purpose of societies is viewed by Parsons (1937) as having two

distinct components, those which are functional and those which are instrumental.

Page 176: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

175

Functional actions are those which serve to maintain equilibrium and ensure that the

society meets its goals within the wider society, for example meeting the

organisation’s targets and the functions are those set out in the organisation’s policy

documents (Porter, 1998). Instrumental functions are those which are an end in

themselves, such as those of providing comfort to a patient, treating individuals with

compassion. Compassion can be seen in participant accounts and appears to be as

important to these participants as functional aspects of their work, demonstrated by

Charlie when balancing the benefits and burdens of transferring a patient to a non-

specialist ward (see Chapter 9).

10.2d Power

Gender also influences the place of nurses within the context of secondary care;

nursing, both historically and currently, is a profession dominated by women. Davis

(1995) suggests that men can be influenced by female cultural codes and women by

male cultural codes, each code valuing different characteristics; masculine social

codes value autonomy, power over the world and self esteem, feminine social codes

value altruism, group orientation and connectedness (Davis, 1995).

However, this is not the only power differential within the context of secondary care,

as demonstrated in Johnson’s (1997) theory of social judgment whereby the patient

remains disempowered by the context and social structures within secondary care.

Internationally, policy initiatives and the World Health Organisation (Coulter et al.,

2008) indicate that power should be transferred to the patient through patient-

centred care and the promotion of autonomous decision making. However, the

Page 177: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

176

patient’s ‘extraordinary vulnerability’ (as described by Sellman, 2011) through the

nature of their condition, the unfamiliar environment and the power health care

professionals hold through specialist knowledge, continues to perpetuate the

patient’s lack of power, whether actual or perceived. Within participant accounts it

has been possible to see how nurses try to promote patient autonomy, for example

Chris, when planning a patient’s discharge (see Chapter 5) and Jordan when

working with patients who have been recommended surgery to amputate a limb (see

Chapter 5). However, as Charlie prepared to transfer a patient to another ward the

patient had no influence in the decision to transfer, demonstrating a lack of power.

Charlie did empathise with the patient’s situation and strove to minimise the negative

impact the move might have had, using the power held as a nurse to influence

patient experiences (see Chapter 9).

Historically the nurse was portrayed as the doctor’s assistant who followed ‘his’

directions in caring for the sick (Pugh, 1944). Nursing has been associated with the

provision of intimate personal care or ‘dirty work’ and this has resulted in nurses’

position within the multi-professional team as those who do the unspeakable tasks,

which other health professionals may see as beneath them Lawler (1991).

Interestingly, none of the nurse participants discussed issues associated with ‘dirty

work’, although it is implicit in their accounts that this is part of their role. This

reflects Lawler’s (1991) research, which showed that some nurses believe that being

able to support patients with these intimate and sometimes embarrassing aspects of

care is a privileged position appreciated by those to whom they deliver this care but

that nurses rarely discussed this type of work and, when they did, it was with other

nurses.

Page 178: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

177

It is reported that the doctor makes the final decision, particularly in relation to

patient treatment (Dierckx de Casterle, 2010) but the doctor may choose to take

account of the contribution made by others. When choosing to prescribe treatment to

be delivered by others (often a nurse) who do not necessarily agree with the

decision, this can result in moral distress for the provider of the treatment (Oberle

and Hughes, 2001).

It could be concluded, therefore, that doctors have some authority over nurses,

although this is not articulated in a nurse’s contract of employment. The nurse’s line

manager is often a higher ranking nurse manager (for example: Blackpool Teaching

Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust; 2014; Papworth Hospital foundation Trust, 2014).

This demonstrates the doctor’s position of power within this context and the

limitations under which the nurse may have to work when trying to abide by The

Code (NMC, 2008). The Code (NMC, 2008) clearly states that the nurse has a duty

to challenge doctors’ orders when there are concerns that these are not appropriate.

Examples of this are seen in the accounts of both Charlie and Jo when discussing

the care of patients at the end of life (see Chapter 5).

10.2e Nurses’ role within the secondary care context.

Finally in this section, ethical dilemmas occurred in this study within the secondary

care context. Melia (1987) notes that nurses, who view nursing as a craft, help

others to do what they would normally do for themselves, striving to become

competent skilled individuals. Nursing as a profession, built on nursing theory and

Page 179: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

178

requiring both professional association and academic qualifications, results in an

increase in the nurse’s power and allows autonomous practice (Melia, 1987). This

can result in conflict and challenges to some of the historically accepted hierarchies

occurring, due to the new nursing roles and the blurring of professional boundaries

(Oberle and Hughes, 2001; Halcomb et al., 2004). The role of the nurse has

changed substantially over the last 20 years; reasons for this include the increased

technological advances in health care (Storch et al., 2004). This has occurred due to

the limited availability of appropriately qualified staff to undertake all the technical

work, in some cases previously undertaken by medical staff. Nurses have also

strived to become appropriately qualified processionals, including specialist

practitioners required to meet the needs of the service (DH, 2000; DH, 2006; Darzi,

2008). This has impacted on what organisations and individual patients expect from

nurses. These changes have resulted in a need to renegotiate professional

boundaries and, in some cases, this can be extremely challenging; nurses refer to

this as ‘working in between’ and explain how they choose their battles (Varcae et al.,

2004).

Melia (2004) identified, through sociological analysis, that in the intensive care unit

(ICU) team members, regardless of scientific knowledge or position within the

healthcare professional hierarchy, were able to contribute to the discussions during

ethical decision-making, concluding that this contributed to the smooth running of the

ICU and that the wider healthcare community could learn from this.

Within the context of secondary care the difference in the power attached to team

members and the patient’s position is difficult to justify, as all are working for the best

Page 180: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

179

interests of the patients (as well as other objectives) ( Sellman, 2011). The nurse is

in the unique position of spending more time with patients than many of the other

professionals, which may facilitate a greater understanding of the patient’s

perspective (Storch et al., 2004). Nurse participants interviewed for this study

demonstrated how, by developing and maintaining effective relationships with

patients and other professionals, they were able to empower themselves to achieve

this. They influenced others and decisions made about patient care through working

collaboratively to respect the patient’s wishes and work in their best interests.

Nurses, in some cases, needed the courage to challenge those in authority and this

conflict became evident when the nurse involved felt strongly that the alternative

suggested course of action was not in the best interest of the patient involved.

10.3 Moral reasoning

The initial critical discussion of moral reasoning presented in this thesis focussed on

a premise that it is based on the values, beliefs and expectations of the nurse.

Thematic analysis of the data collected in this study has further conceptualised the

theoretical framework, as presented in Figure 2. This conceptualisation, based on

the in-depth interpretative analysis presented particularly in Chapter 5, refers to the

theme of ‘best for the patient’ and, within this, the further sub-themes of ‘advocacy’

and ‘standards of care’.

Page 181: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

180

Using Kohnke’s (1982) definition of advocacy as an act of loving and caring, which is

consistent with a nurse’s duty of care (NMC 2008), it is argued that maintaining the

highest possible standards of care for patients is a part of the role of advocate.

This is supported within the results pertaining to the accounts provided by those in

the managerial position of Charge Nurse. Both Sam and Brooke talked extensively

about how they worked to ensure that the standards of care provided were the best

possible; both recognised that supporting and motivating staff who, for whatever

reason, might have been perceived as having provided substandard care, would

benefit all patients as well as the staff themselves (see Chapter 5).

Nicky and Charlie, faced with limited resources, had to consider and maintain the

standards of care received by individuals and groups. In doing this these nurses

were demonstrating how they advocate for the community (Caulfield, 2005, NMC

2008), in this case, the community of patients needing care; for Brooke and Sam this

was primarily about standards of care and caring for the patient community. It is also

evident from their accounts (see Chapter 5) that they were also concerned for the

staff and, as such, were advocating in some part for the community of nurses on the

ward.

The nurse participants also believed nurses have a shared value base and are likely

to make similar decisions in similar circumstances, which supports the guiding

principles of nursing practice (NMC 2008); this is supported in the results of the

research presented (see Chapter 6).

Page 182: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

181

10.3a Collaboration and relationships.

Working effectively within a team to resolve ethical dilemmas and provide nursing

intervention within an accepted framework of central practice policy supports the

sub-theme identified as ‘moral action’. The nurse’s contribution to the resolution of

ethical dilemmas in the context of secondary care is facilitated through the

relationships they choose to build and maintain. These relationships are identified by

Peter and Liaschenko (2013) as central to morally correct culture and context and

embrace the core aspects of moral agency, identities, relationships and

responsibilities. Participants’ accounts highlighted the importance of these

relationships in achieving moral action, as discussed below.

10.3b Nurse patient relationship

The most significant factor to emerge from the data was the importance of

relationships to moral reasoning and moral action.

The first and most important relationship identified within the reconceptualised

theoretical framework is that between the nurse and the patient, for example, Jo and

Charlie when supporting patients and their families at the end of life; Ross and Chris

when discharging a patient home after a hospital stay; and Lee when negotiating

care for a frail older person. Entering into this relationship both demonstrates the

nurse’s commitment to that individual and requires the nurse to invest in its ongoing

maintenance. The idea that care given in the nurse-patient relationship is not

reciprocated with a similar level of care is highlighted by Barnes (2012) and Melia

(2014) who recognise that relationships in the care process are complex, particularly

Page 183: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

182

where the care is provided by a paid carer. Within this ethical relationship, involving

trust and compassion, the difference in power between the nurse and patient is one

that has the potential to result in those most vulnerable being neglected or abused.

Poor standards of care were recently highlighted and a detailed review of poor

standards of care within the Mid-Staffordshire NHS trust was undertaken; the report

identified where these relationships may break down (Francis, 2013). This has

resulted in a call for the recruitment of student nurses to be value based and a

review of the number registered nurses within clinical areas (Nursing and Care

Quality Forum, 2012).

The care of the vulnerable, frail or unwell is recognised within the Ethic of Care as

involving a collective responsibility and therefore requiring nurses to maintain a

number of professional relationships (Barnes, 2012), identified within the

participants’ accounts of both Ashley and Chris (Chapter 5). In the accounts where

this collective responsibility failed to support what the participants perceived to be

the most appropriate course of action, participants became dissatisfied. In some

cases participants worked outside organisational policy when this had the potential

to support the preferred, less harmful option, circumventing obstacles and meeting

the collective responsibility, professional duty and personal decision to provide care

and this was clearly demonstrated in the accounts provided by both Lee and Ross.

It has been debated that care has different meanings in different contexts (Almark,

1998; Banks and Gallagher, 2009). In this case I use the term ‘care’ to be something

that occurs when the needs of another generate concern and compassion for that

‘other’, which may explain the initial desire to care (Banks and Gallagher, 2009).

Page 184: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

183

However, caring in the ‘right’ way, about the ‘right’ things, as discussed by Almark

(1998), as one who promotes the patient’s wishes and advocates through patient

empowerment can be difficult due to the barriers identified within this thesis, which

include working with limited resources (Vaartio and Leino-Kilpi, 2005), understanding

and respecting the beliefs and expectations of others (Banks and Gallagher, 2009:

Barnes, 2012) and balancing the needs of others (In this case patients and clinical

areas) (Barnes, 2012). This type of care requires energy, commitment and ability by

those providing care to understand the culture of those to whom they provide care

and the context within which care is provided (Banks and Gallagher, 2009). This

was evident in Chris’s account when caring for a vulnerable patient whose capacity

to make decisions was questioned by his family. All participants referred to patients’

needs and values, for example the wish perhaps not to have life prolonging

treatment in the last days before death or not to have a limb amputated at the advice

of a surgeon.

The ‘Ethic of Care’ recognises the importance of supportive relationships from a

variety of contexts, for example in friendship, the family or the state. Nurses fall into

the classification of those paid to provide care (Barnes, 2012). Considering the

relationship when giving informal care it is evident that caring is a practical and

emotional process; this may not be the case where there is an obligation to provide

care through a contract of employment (for example: Blackpool Teaching Hospitals

NHS Foundation Trust; 2014; Papworth Hospital Foundation Trust, 2014). Ethical

relationships are recognised as essential between nurses, patients and others

involved in patient care; the nurse-patient relationship is embodied in advocacy and

the provision of care (Varcoe et al., 2004). It is important to recognise the risk of

Page 185: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

184

coercion within these relationships and nurses are encouraged to be self aware and

practice reflectively to reduce the risks of this occurring (Barnes, 2012). In Chris’s

account the risk of coercion is acknowledged and, to reduce this risk, Chris called in

Social Services to assess and support the patient concerned in making his own

decisions about his future care by presenting appropriate information about his

options.

The Ethic of Care, which focuses on the importance of ethical relationships, may go

some way to explaining the nurse’s role as moral agent and how nurses contribute to

the resolution of ethical dilemmas in the context of secondary care. It is, however,

apparent from this study that it involves more; the relationships are the facilitator of

understanding the dilemma and facilitating moral action.

Choosing to become a nurse and provide care, nurses engage in relationships with

those who are vulnerable, or ‘more-than-ordinarily vulnerable’ as Sellman (2011)

defines the vulnerability of those who are in need of nursing care. Through this,

nurses demonstrate that the patient is valued as an individual and that decisions

made and subsequent actions taken by the nurse will be undertaken to reflect this.

The findings of this study have demonstrated that nurses hold shared values which

are reflected in The Code (NMC 2008). It is also evident from the data that the nurse

participants demonstrated a number of virtues which impacted on their decision

making and actions.

Initially participants indicated concern about a patient in a given situation; nurses are

referred to as caring for patients, care however is not recognised by all as a virtue

Page 186: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

185

(Allmark, 1998). The nurses interviewed demonstrated how they cared about the

patient(s) in the accounts provided. Participants deliberated over what was the best

course of action, weighing up the options, using knowledge gained through

experience and the acquired wisdom to use that knowledge in a way to promote

effective practice. Ashley explained how less experienced nurses recognised this

and would call on him for guidance, demonstrating that less experienced nurses

were able to recognise the ability to understand and identity appropriate responses

to complex ethical dilemmas.

10.4 Ethical decision - making

What is evident from the analysis of the nurse participant accounts is that nurses use

the language of consequentialism and deontology to justify some of the actions

taken, however it is virtue ethics that is the dominant model used in the accounts

collected in this study.

Virtues have been identified by moral theorists (Gilligan, 1982; Aristotle, 1998; Tong,

1998; Noddings, 2003) as character traits which are constant, thus defining people

by their innate qualities rather than by their actions. Character traits include both

virtues and vices, on a continuum where extremes are considered to be undesirable.

Aristotle (1998) views some virtues as universally desirable; whilst some are

considered more important or especially required in specific contexts. For nurses,

virtues might include trustworthiness, honesty and loyalty (Armstrong, 2007). Open

mindedness may also be a virtue in nursing (Sellman, 2011) as nurses are required

to be able to understand the perspectives of others in addressing the ethical

Page 187: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

186

dilemmas they face in everyday practice and considering with respect the values and

beliefs of others.

Nurses are also said to need to be knowledgeable, behave accordingly and

demonstrate the Chief Nurse’s 6C’s of Nursing, which indicate nurses should be

caring, compassionate, courageous, competent, committed and communicative

(Commissioning Board Chief Nursing Officer and DH Chief Nursing Adviser, 2012).

Whilst not all of these may be defined as separate virtues, they fit well with a virtues-

based approach.

In order to manage the continuum between virtues and vices it is argued that all

character traits must be mediated, as per Aristotle’s (1998) median. For example,

nurses need to find the right balance between being courageous or cowardly when

deciding how far to defer to those who appear to have more authority when working

with patients and their families. In the participants’ accounts challenging and

managing authority figures occurred with the matron (Nicky), the bed manager

(Ross) and the doctors (Jordan), or in a foolhardy way, without regard to all those on

whom the situation and resolution might impact (Charlie). All these accounts

demonstrate the nurses’ rationale in trying to resolve ethical dilemmas but is

especially clear in Charlie’s account, in Chapter 9, where the situation, decision

process and resulting actions are presented as a single case study.

In order to manage the balance, or median, ‘practical wisdom’ is seen as an

overarching virtue. For example, honesty may be seen as a desirable virtue for

nurses, however the excess might involve a level of outspokenness which is

Page 188: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

187

delivered without the ‘reasoned qualification’ provided by wisdom (Hursthouse,

1999).

Limitations to this approach are discussed comprehensively by Armstrong (2007)

who recognises, as did Aristotle and others, that an excess or deficiency of character

traits defined as virtues can lead to care that is not always ideal.

The nurse participants demonstrated that they were concerned about those in their

care. In order to ensure that patients within this context were safe and adequately

cared for, it is argued that the nurses often used the language of virtues to explain

their thinking and actions. Virtues that appeared common to the role of the nurse

included compassion, honesty, courage, empathy, open-mindedness and

trustworthiness. Compassion and empathy were demonstrated by participants who

discussed, with some insight, the situation and its impact on the patients within the

dilemmas they chose to recount. Honesty appeared overtly in the accounts

presented by Lee, who also had the courage to work outside the organisation’s

policy on oral drug prescriptions, in recognising that the second choice drug might

not work to manage the patient’s pain and the patient might still need to be seen by a

physician. Courage was also demonstrated by Drew who chose not to give sedative

medication when instructed to by a senior nurse, having the courage to stand by her

own judgements, and also by Ross who did not move patients into the discharge

lounge as this was regarded as inappropriate for the two particular patients within the

account provided in this study.

Page 189: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

188

The virtue of trustworthiness was demonstrated within participant accounts as they

demonstrated how they went about achieving the best possible outcomes for the

patients in the accounts.

Within virtue ethics it is recognised that to be truly virtuous one needs to have

knowledge and wisdom to facilitate the appropriate application (Hursthouse, 1999).

Nurse participants were able to explain why they acted as they did and were able to

identify the values that underpinned the decisions which informed their actions. The

wisdom, acquired through practice experience, was recognised by junior, less

experienced, nurses within Ashley’s account, where junior nurses sought advice and

support from those with more experience.

10.5 Moral action

Within the context and concept of the major theme of moral action presented in this

thesis, and supported by the results, are subthemes which have resonance with prior

authority and critical debate. These are notable and receive critical discussion, and

location, in this section, related to ‘collaboration’ (Carter 2009; Sanders 2009),

‘advocacy’ (Kohnke, 1982; Hyland 2002; Hawley, 2007; Cuthbert and Quallington,

2008) and ‘accountability’ (Savage and More, 2004; Caulfield, 2005; Ormrod and

Barlow, 2011). The results presented and interpreted in this thesis support the

premise that, to achieve positive outcomes, nurses have learned that developing and

maintaining professional relationships within the context of the secondary care

setting is central to enabling them to contribute effectively. Having developed

effective relationships with the people in their care (see 10.3b above), participants

Page 190: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

189

explained how important it was to work inter-professionally to achieve the best

possible outcome in the ethical dilemmas discussed.

10.5a Interprofessional working

It has been acknowledged that interprofessional teams appear to work more

effectively within care of the older adult, where many of the patients have complex

needs (Carter, 2009). Interprofessional working is effectively articulated by Chris,

who worked with the patient, his family and a multi-professional team from both

health and social care (see Chapter 5). Lee also worked collaboratively with medical

staff to ensure that the patient received the medication required to treat an infection

without the added trauma of moving hospital sites. As Lee explained, in some cases

the doctor involved did not actually know the nurses requesting the verbal order for

medication; the trust between the two professional groups is something that appears

to have become part of the culture within that particular environment. However,

participants also explained how conflict could occur when doctors and nurses had

different ideas about what needed to be done in a particular situation. This was

clearly articulated by both Charlie and Jo when discussing the care of a terminally ill

patient, with the doctors’ mandate to care dominated by the intention to cure, the

nurses in these accounts explained how they felt the correct course of action would

be to maintain comfort and dignity and reduce suffering (see Chapter 6).

The nurse’s role within the multi professional team is diverse and can take a number

of forms depending on the situation and context; these include care giver and

coordinator; autonomous practitioner; team member; team leader; and nurse

Page 191: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

190

specialist (Sander, 2009). Within secondary care, situations can and do change

rapidly; care often involves large numbers of people from a variety of professions,

health and social care, as well as the patient and their family and carers (Carter,

2009). This thesis supports the collaborative nature of nurses working within teams

to resolve ethical dilemmas and presents a theoretically underpinned understanding

of collaboration which encompasses concepts of the complex relationship between

embedded cultural and conflicting professional drivers (Lamb & Sevdalis, 2011;

Long- Sutehall et al., 2011).

Effective collaboration has been identified within this study as important to achieving

the moral action required to meet the needs of those on whom the dilemma could

impact. Within the current literature collaboration has been identified as contributing

to high standards of care (Finkelman and Kenner, 2010), improving patient outcomes

(Faulkner and Laschinger, 2008) and as an objective of the National Health Service

in the United Kingdom (Torp and Thomas, 2007). Working in a cohesive environment

has also been shown to increase job satisfaction amongst nurses (Adams and Bond,

2000). A nurse’s role within decision making may involve advocating for those who

are unable to advocate for themselves or promoting self-advocacy in the vulnerable

by providing support and information (Hawley, 2007)

10.5b Advocacy

This section critically discusses the issue of advocacy that is related in the

participants’ narratives and is located within the literature in terms of definition,

concern, nursing attributes and codes of practice (Caulfield, 2005; NMC, 2008).

Page 192: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

191

Advocacy is not a new concept but one which has been embedded in nursing

practice for many years (Abrans, 1978; Kohnke, 1982; Chadwick and Tadd, 1992).

Kohnke’s (1982) classic text refers to advocacy as an ‘act of loving and caring’ and

includes providing patients with the right to information to facilitate self-determination

with an emphasis on patient safety and wellbeing. Previously the view has been

presented that nurses are only able to advocate if they ‘care’ about the patient and

failure to care would result in advocacy being a purely mechanical process (Vaartio

and Leino-Kilpi, 2004). It is argued, however, that advocacy is not straightforward;

not all nurses are able to advocate effectively and it is suggested it can be learnt,

developed and applied in practice (Kohnke, 1982). Ashley explained how less

experienced nurses would come for advice and to discuss complex cases in order to

benefit from the experience and knowledge held by those who had been practising

for many years, in Ashley’s case in excess of 30 years. Empirical work undertaken

by Chafey et al., (1998) identified that nurses can advocate effectively although, at

times, conflict can occur between nurses and other health professionals, resulting in

a significant amount of stress within this role.

Advocacy appears to consist of providing information to support patients’

autonomous decision-making and, where capacity is compromised; the activities

associated with advocacy include protecting the patient’s rights and those of

safeguarding (Kohnke, 1982; Vaartio and Leino-Kilpi, 2004). Kohnke postulated,

and is supported by this thesis, that to be a competent advocate nurses require

special attributes; the advocate must have a sound understanding of their own

values and beliefs to allow them to recognise those of the patient without necessarily

sharing them (Kohnke, 1982); the advocate needs to be open-minded to facilitate

Page 193: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

192

effective listening to understand the patient’s wishes, open-mindedness also ensures

that the nurse can present information objectively to the patient without the nurse’s

personal values affecting the information provided (Kohnke, 1982). Nurses, over

time, develop some of this through the process of reflection, as suggested and

recommended by Schön (1987) and Johns (1995) as a way of developing practice.

The idea that reflection is crucial to the development of personal and professional

practice and standards of care is further discussed by Hargreaves (2013) to

emphasize the importance of interprofessional, shared reflection to appropriately

develop collaboration in the development of supportive practice to achieve high

standards of patient care.

It could be argued that the model of nurse advocacy has changed little from that

defined by Abrans (1978) as one who ensures that the patient receives a high

standard of care. However, advocacy can be viewed as passive; one who accepts

the patient’s viewpoint and decisions and delivers care that is available in the current

context of organizational policy and philosophy (Hawley, 2007). In this thesis it is

further suggested that the active advocate will deliver care based on professional

standards and what the individual believes is the morally right action. This is

supported in the accounts provided here by Ross, who refused to follow policy and

move patients who she felt would suffer as a consequence of a move to the

discharge lounge and by Lee, who ‘bent’ the rules to ensure the patient received the

drugs required for treatment of an infection without the trauma of transfer to another

hospital. This adds to the critical debate that advocacy, within a framework of moral

action, is constituted by the nurse’s sense of what the morality of the action is in their

Page 194: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

193

view, even when convention or ‘societal’ (practice) rules state that this would be

deemed incorrect (Ulrich et al., 2010).

In their critique of different models of nurse advocacy Chadwick and Tadd (1992)

emphasised that nurses should possess the attributes and knowledge with which to

advocate appropriately and recognised the powerful position of the nurse in the role

of advocate, particularly where patients are vulnerable through their lack of

understating of the situation or due to the nature of their condition, whether acute or

long-term. Chadwick and Tadd (1992) construct a strong argument against the

nurse as advocate, suggesting that an independent advocate is better placed to take

on the role of patient advocate, emphasising that the nurse’s duty of care to others

results in the nurse being unable to advocate wholly and impartially for the patient

due to the conflict of interests this presents.

Another barrier to effective patient advocacy by the nurse is due to the potential

conflict within the multidisciplinary team (Chadwick and Tadd, 1992; Melia, 2014).

However, as nurses spend more time and develop closer relationships with the

patients, others argue that nurses make appropriate patient advocates (Storch et al.,

2004). As discussed in this study by Jordan, such conflict may result from nurses

supplying information to patients that others, for example health professionals and

family, may prefer them not to have (Kohnke, 1982).

To some extent the nurse is required to act as an advocate for the community; this

community could be a ward or unit, as in Nicky’s account of the struggle to keep all

Page 195: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

194

the registered nurses on the intensive care unit rather than releasing one to work in

another clinical area and for Charlie, who was trying to balance the needs of the

patients on the ward and those waiting to be admitted. For Jordan it involved trying

to develop best practice, promoting the wellbeing of all potential patients

recommended to undergo a limb amputation, supporting Barnes’ (2012) presentation

of advocacy. These accounts demonstrate that attributes required to be an effective

advocate include the ability to communicate appropriately with patients to ensure

that their needs and wishes are fully understood and open-mindedness in order to

remain non-judgmental about the decisions and wishes of others which may not

match the nurse’s personal values or may appear foolish in some way (Hawely,

2007).

10.5c Accountability

Accountability also threaded through the nurse participant narratives collected for

this study; this was demonstrated through their awareness of consequences of

actions and their willingness to stand by their decisions. This supports the work of

Hood and Leddy (2006) which conceptualised perceptions of accountability in terms

of punishment or as an empowering process. The concept of accountability was

strongly held by all participants and recognised as punitive and empowering, seen

clearly in the account provided by Ross when challenging the instruction to move

patients off the ward in preparation for discharge, when Ross had considered this not

to be in the best interests of these particular patients. Ross was clear that the

decision to keep the patients on the ward was correct and justifiable, whilst

acknowledging that having refused to do as the Bed Manager asked resulted in a

feeling of unease. Accountability for the participants involved justifying their position;

Page 196: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

195

based on these findings it can be argued that accountability is complex for the nurse

whilst the empowering aspects help nurses function as autonomous practitioners.

The nurse’s position within the context of a hospital setting can prove demanding

and may leave the nurse feeling uncomfortable when challenging the views of other

health professionals, who may perceive themselves as more knowledgeable or

powerful than the nurse (Caulfield, 2005; Hood and Leddy, 2006).

The decision to act is not something these nurses do in all cases; the decision to act

courageously to support the patient’s ‘best interest’ is informed by compassion,

meaning the ability to recognise the vulnerability of another and advocate for them

as needed. It is possible to see from the participants’ accounts that the patients

within the incidents discussed are those who are more vulnerable, for example those

who are dying and are disempowered by their condition. Charlie and Chris (see

Chapter 5) both explained how sometimes there is a need to discuss palliative care

rather than aggressive treatment, when patients are nearing death. Palliative care

may be what the patient would want at this time. The relationships nurses develop

with patients and patients’ families place them in an appropriate position to begin to

understand their expectations, through discussions over the care period (Storch et

al., 2004).

10.5d Relationships

The participants explained how they managed working effectively in the hospital

setting, as far as they could, by developing trusting professional relationships within

the team. In this study such relationships are presented as significant in the

understanding of ethical decision making, however, there were times when the

Page 197: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

196

participants felt let down or disappointed by others when their perspective on the

situation differed from those in a position to take away the nurse’s ability to act

autonomously. Participants in this study gave examples of when this was effective

and when it was not as they would have hoped. Positive experiences are discussed

under `Collaboration` in Chapter 7 and these less positive experiences in Chapter 7

under the heading `Conflict`. Where conflict occurred this had the potential to impact

on the nurses’ experience of moral ‘residue’, as discussed below.

Notwithstanding the limitations of professional relationships described by the

participants, what has been demonstrated in this study is that ethical relationships

are crucial to facilitating the nurse’s contribution to meeting patients’ needs and

addressing ethical dilemmas in the context of secondary care. In addition, this

relationship, whilst initially appearing to have ethics of care at its heart, is

strengthened by the cultivation and use of the virtues of compassion, honesty,

courage, empathy, open-mindedness and trustworthiness (Hursthouse, 1999;

Armstrong 2007; Hawley, 2007; Selman, 2011; Barnes 2012; Commissioning Board

Chief Nursing Officer and DH Chief Nursing Adviser, 2012).

10.6 Moral residue

Hursthouse (1999) divides moral dilemmas into ‘resolvable’ and ‘irresolvable’

dilemmas and indicates both may result in moral residue or some kind of remainder

(Hardingham, 2004). This is apparent even when one moral principle clearly

overrides another, for example when Drew was instructed to administer sedation to a

patient and when Lee took verbal instructions to administer patient medication. Both

Page 198: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

197

recognised they had engaged in a morally right action, however, they had worked

outside custom and practice in Drew’s case and organisational policy in Lee’s case.

Moral residue is descriptive of the way they felt in these circumstances (Chapter 7).

Moral distress is delineated within prior literature (Oberle & Hughes, 2001; Aroskar,

et. al., 2004; Hardington, 2004; Kalvemark, et al., 2004; Kain, 2007; Rodney, 2013;

Musto et al., 2014) and the participant accounts collected for use in this study. Moral

distress is discussed earlier, in Chapter 2, where I highlight how moral distress was

experienced by nurses expected to deliver care that they did not agree with or felt

the patient might not want. This was narrated by both Jo and Charlie, where dying

patients were considered to have received aggressive treatment that was considered

by the patients’ families and the nursing team to be futile and possibly prolonging

patient suffering.

Moral distress has also been identified when nurses find they are not able to deliver

the standard of care they feel is best for the patient, due to the context in which they

are working, including limited resources (Oberle and Hughes, 2001; Colebatch,

2009). This was evident in Nicky’s account, where nursing staff were moved from

the intensive care unit to provide care on another ward that was short of qualified

nursing staff (see Chapter 6). Such circumstances left Nicky and the team

susceptible to experiencing moral distress or residue if unresolved; this can have a

cumulative or crescendo effect and may result in the individual nurse reaching

breaking point (Epstein and Delgado, 2010)

Page 199: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

198

It could be argued that moral distress appears to be a consequence of the decision

to invest oneself, as a nurse, in caring relationships with patients and respectful

relationships with others such as colleagues and relatives. Nurses choose their

profession and invest energy and emotion in these relationships. This can be seen

in each of the participant accounts as they explain how they considered the patient’s

best interest first and foremost. Charlie acknowledged the importance of the

relationships and explained how much information was shared with the nurses

reviewing a patient transferred to a new area to help new relationships to develop

effectively. Drew, although uncomfortable, felt a responsibility to advocate for the

patient and protect him from being unnecessarily sedated. Lee took risks working

outside the organisation’s policy to ensure that the patients received high quality

care. In each of these examples nurses put their professional standing with

colleagues at risk in considering the patient’s needs, a price only Lee acknowledged

explicitly, all the other participants acknowledged this when showing they were ready

to be called to account. These dilemmas were resolved; however it is evident that,

as indicated, nurses did experience some moral distress. The participants

expressed the following emotional responses to the situations they chose to discuss

and these included:

‘I was very frustrated by the whole thing’. Drew

‘it makes you feel like you've abandoned a child really, you've sort of, you've just, I feel sometimes like you know they trust us to make us aware that we are actually dealing with people’ Charlie

‘I feel torn between two decisions to be made – there is something uncomfortable and you are thinking have I done the right thing or haven’t I done the right thing’. Lee

Page 200: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

199

‘.....really felt berated, I really felt like I was just being militant and I was being obstructive and I wasn't, so it was very difficult’. Nicky

Moral distress may have serious consequences for the individual, those who come

into contact with the health services as a user or carer and the nursing profession.

Musto et al. (2014) identified that nurses may contribute to the maintenance of the

organisational structures that limit their contribution by, for example, engaging in the

belittling of junior staff and failing to appropriately support nurse managers. As a

consequence of moral distress nurses can become ‘burnt out’, desensitised to the

situations that have resulted in the moral distress, as a way of coping and, in some

cases, nurses may leave the profession altogether, which leads to a loss of valuable

resources in experienced personnel (Corley, 2002; Hardingham, 2004; Ulrich et al.,

2010; Palvish et al., 2011).

Nurses may also contribute to their moral distress by not taking the opportunity to

respond appropriately, thereby failing to recognise the positive aspects of moral

distress and the potential for change (Musto et al., 2014). Participants with extended

years of experience, Charlie and Ashley, demonstrated how they were able to

manage moral distress and rationalise the differences between the ideal and reality

using reflection in and on action (Schön, 1987).

Recent work has resulted in the understanding that the negative impact of moral

distress is not the only result (Hardingham, 2004; Laabs, 2007). Moral distress can

be empowering and it has been suggested by Hardingham, (2004) that it may be the

catalyst for practice development. Nurses may use reflection on the event which has

Page 201: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

200

caused feelings of unease or distress to help them identify the causes and ways to

change practice or build an ethical organisational culture. This would then have the

potential to develop practice and improve both the patient’s experience and

standards of care (Holloway and Freshwater, 2007).

‘I feel if we didn't have challenges like this it would be.... I don't think we'd ever develop, but also I think we'd become very complacent and think 'oh everything's fine on here....’ Ross

Irresolvable dilemmas are those in which the agent has a choice of actions and each

is unacceptable (Hursthouse, 1999). Chapter 9 indicates how Charlie addressed

what could be seen as an irresolvable dilemma as the move was not in ‘that’

patient’s best interest but the best interests of ‘another’. Charlie, however, found a

way to manage the moral residue, recognising the dissonance and accepting that

any resulting impact on the patient being moved was minimised through effective

interprofessional working and maintained through effective working ethical

relationships. This prevented Charlie from experiencing the potential negative

consequences of moral distress. Perhaps what was expressed by Charlie is moral

dissonance rather than distress. The ideal ‘gold standard’ which Charlie and other

participants would like to deliver is not always attainable; this may be due to

restrictions which are to some extent outside of their control (Ulrich et al., 2010).

In addition to validating some aspects of earlier work on moral distress and moral

residue, the findings in this study contribute new insights. They reinforce the

possibility that moral distress may be a catalyst for action, rather than be an

inevitably negative experience and that moral residue, mediated by reflection in and

on action, can positively improve decision making.

Page 202: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

201

10.7 Conclusion

It is observed from the findings that the nurses working in the secondary care setting

recognised the moral issues within their daily practice. The nurse participants

demonstrated how they attempted to meet the needs of the patients within their care

and how they developed effective relationships with patients, their families and other

health care professionals to facilitate the best possible outcome for these patients

within the context of secondary care. Aristotle’s virtue ethics best explain how

nurses view and respond to the dilemmas they face in secondary care, however,

because of the context, there is some reference to utility as nurses only have access

to limited resources. Participants approached dilemmas compassionately, with the

patient’s well being at the forefront and approached their role flexibly, with an open-

mind, in order to achieve the ‘best possible’ outcome. This, on occasion, required

the nurses to have sufficient courage to challenge those in more powerful positions

than themselves. Their ability to achieve the desired outcome could be based on

ethical relationships fostered by nurses with patients, their families and other health

and social care professionals. In maintaining these relationships it appears that

nurses are able to undertake moral action as depicted in the (re) conceptualised

theoretical framework in Figure 2.

Challenges occurred for these participants when they found themselves in conflict

with other health professionals and the organisation’s policies, or lacked the

resources to ensure best practice was achieved. When nurses were unable to

negotiate a satisfactory outcome, some experienced moral distress or moral residue.

The participants Ashley and Charlie, both of whom had approximately 30 years

nursing experience, appeared to have developed ways of mediating this distress and

Page 203: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

202

using it positively, by acknowledging the moral dissonance which occurs when what

may be hoped for is not achieved and recognising that there are limits to what is

achievable within the context they are working.

Nurses in these accounts achieved moral agency, resulting in moral action, through

the relationships they developed. The virtues possessed by individual nurses may

explain why they chose to engage in these relationships as they did and to act as

moral agents.

Page 204: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

203

Chapter 11 - Conclusions

11.0 Introduction

Chapter Eleven reviews the aims and objectives, demonstrating that they have been

met and highlighting the contribution to nursing knowledge which has been identified

within this thesis. Limitations of the study are acknowledged and recommendations

are made for nursing practice. Further research into nursing values and ethical

decision making, including the moral distress experienced by nurses, is suggested. A

comprehensive reflection on the process identifies the journey experienced and my

growth in research skills and insight into the subject of ethical dilemmas in nursing

practice.

This research had the aim to identify the values, beliefs and contextual influences

that inform decision making and the contribution made by registered nurses in

achieving the resolution of ethical dilemmas in nursing practice. Throughout the

thesis four objectives have been addressed:

5. To identify underpinning values and beliefs which impact on nurses’ ethical

decision making and moral action.

6. To critically discuss new themes which are generated from the data in the

light of current literature.

7. To identify the contextual influences which impact on nurses’ ethical decision

making and moral action.

8. To discuss the implications of the study findings for future nursing practice.

Page 205: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

204

Through a review of the literature in Chapter 2, aspects of ethical decision making

were identified. Analysis of the collected data (Chapters 4 to 9 ) developed thematic

understanding; this included the nurses’ desire to do ‘what is best for the patient’

(Hawley, 2007; Darzi, 2008; Maben and Griffin, 2008); accountability (Caulfield,

2005; Hood and Leddy, 2006; NMC, 2008); collaboration (Botes 2000a; DH, 2008;

NMC, 2008; Johnson and Webber, 2010); and conflict (Oberle and Hughes, 2001;

Torjuul and Sørlie, 2006; NMC, 2008), which has the potential to result in moral

distress (Corely 2002; Gallagher, 2010) and concern for others (Cummings et al.,

2010).

Content and interactional analysis was undertaken to inform the contextual

influences and how findings of the thematic analysis informed what the nurses

contributed when faced with ethical dilemmas. Through this detailed exploration of

the data the theoretical framework presented in Chapter 1 has been explored,

leading to a re-conceptualisation in Chapter 9.

Analysis of the data collected from nurse participants demonstrated that by

developing and maintaining effective therapeutic relationships with patients and their

families, nurses perceived that they were in a good position to understand the

patients’ wishes and needs and, in some cases, the wishes and needs of the family.

Other health care professionals may also do this; it is, however, the extensive time

that nurses spend with patients during their hospitalisation that places nurses in this

position (Peter et al., 2004; Storch et al., 2004). The nurse’s relationship with the

patient and their family places the nurse in an appropriate and perhaps unique

position to promote patient autonomy and, when required, to act as a patient

Page 206: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

205

advocate. This makes the nurse’s contribution to addressing ethical decisions an

important aspect of inter-professional working.

It is apparent in the findings that nurses make complex decisions in the practice

setting, though they may not always be able to act according to their wishes. Whilst

nurses have both a wish and a professional responsibility to advocate for patients in

their care, there are a number of constraints and other people who need to be

considered; compromise is then required. This is illustrated by the narration detailed

in Charlie’s case in Chapter 9.

11.1 Contribution to nursing knowledge.

11.1a The findings of this study offer an in depth qualitative exploration of the

decision making processes used by nurses in secondary care when attempting to

resolve ethical dilemmas. The emergent themes add to our understanding of the

ways in which acting in the patient’s best interests or putting the patient first affects

nurses’ decision making.

11.1b The conceptual framework outlined in Chapter 1 suggested ethical

approaches that might guide nurses’ thinking. The findings suggest that the concepts

within virtue ethics, in particular courage and honesty, may be significant attributes

for nurses to develop. In addition, the findings suggest a re-conceptualisation of the

framework (see Chapter 9) to include the centrality of relationships.

The fundamental importance of professional relationships emerges from the data

and, whilst relationships with patients are the initial priority, it is essential to have

Page 207: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

206

highly developed interpersonal skills, including communication, to enable nurses to

build and maintain professional relationships with a variety of people. The dilemmas

shared by participants demonstrate that the nurse needs to negotiate, share

communicate and collaborate with many other people in order to try to get what they

see as the best outcome for their patient

11.1c Moral distress was identified within the literature in Chapter 2 and this, as well

as moral ‘residue’, is evident in the participants’ narration of their experiences.

Corely (2002) offers a framework for understanding moral distress that gains some

validation from the participant accounts. They shared their experiences of how they

tried to maintain the patient at the centre of care in line with their moral values, their

education, their professional code and policy recommendations from The Mid

Staffordshire NHS Foundation Trust Public Inquiry (Francis, 2013) and Compassion

in Practice (Commissioning Board Chief Nursing Officer and DH Chief Nursing

Adviser, 2012), as well as working in the context of service-led health care provision

limited by the available resources and the requirements to meet government-set

targets. Moral distress continues to be a problem for both nurses and other

members of the health care profession. Gallagher (2010) recognises that staff

shortages, failed attempts to advocate and the developments in delivering care are

the main causes of moral distress, all of which are supported in participants’

accounts in this study. Gallagher discusses three cases highlighting the need for

nurses to show moral courage; this was demonstrated in the accounts of Ross and

Drew where they needed to highlight failures in care standards.

Page 208: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

207

However, the findings also add to the suggestion by Hardingham (2004) that moral

distress could also be a catalyst for guiding decision making. In particular, in their

accounts Charlie and Ashley show how they used reflection in and on action to

channel their ‘distress’, using it to guide action. Rather than conceptualising moral

distress and its residue as a ‘negative’ outcome of ethical dilemmas, it may be better

understood when embraced as a guide to action throughout the decision making

process.

11.2 Limitations of the study

It is essential to recognise the limitations of any research study; without insight into

limitations the researcher or interpretation of the research presented may be over

optimistic (Polit and Beck 2008; Burns and Grove, 2009). For the interpretation of

the research findings to be realistic and therefore believable, the limitations have

been identified:

1. Data has been gathered from nurses working within a single Trust and the

organisation culture may impact on what nurses do; organisational culture

may vary from one NHS Trust to another. Those working within that Trust,

especially those who have lived in the geographical locality, may reflect the

values of the local culture internal to the practice setting rather than the

population of registered nurses working in Britain and this therefore may affect

the transferability of the findings (Burns and Grove, 2009).

2. The issue of sample size within qualitative research was critically discussed

in Chapter 3 of this thesis. Despite asserting that the range of the narratives

and the quality of the data from the 11 participants is sufficient, this is worthy

Page 209: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

208

of inclusion as a limitation. The judgement to stop at 11 participants was

based on the researcher’s experience in the field of enquiry, the context of the

sample setting and the depth of data collected. As the interviews undertaken

provided sufficient data to meet the study aims and objectives, it was

considered satisfactory. However on reflection, it could be that in future further

explorations and expansions of this thesis’ contribution, a wider and larger

sample would be required to establish representative perceptions in the

nursing profession.

3. The participants were all self selected and therefore may have had a

disposition that recognised the importance of ethical dilemmas and an

awareness of the nurse role in their resolution (Polit and Beck,. 2008).

4. The researcher’s own experience as a Registered Nurse may have had an

influence on the interpretations of the data collected (Parahoo, 2006; Polit and

Beck, 2008).

11.3 Recommendations

11.3a Recommendations for nursing practice

Having completed this exploratory study, it is evident that whilst nurses do have a

role in resolving ethical dilemmas in practice, there are still a number of outstanding

areas to be addressed to ensure that this is maximised.

Based on the analysis of the participants’ narrative accounts, those nurses

interviewed had a value system which is reflected in the NMC (2008) Code and the

Page 210: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

209

patients’ experience was their primary priority when faced with ethical dilemmas. It is

therefore important that nurses are aware of The Code (NMC, 2008) and consider if

the professional values within it reflect their personal values, because where there is

conflict nurses may struggle to manage the moral distress that they may experience.

Nurses need to be able to communicate effectively to develop and maintain the

professional relationships required to achieve effective advocacy. The case study

presented in Chapter 9 and the conceptualised theoretical framework (Figure 2)

highlight the importance of the relationships nurses had with others in the

contribution these nurses made in addressing ethical dilemmas. It is therefore

important that nurses have the opportunity to develop advanced interpersonal skills.

Nurses need to be able to influence both micro and macro decision making within

health care organisations. Nurses need to begin to take every opportunity to

contribute to the development of national and organisational policies which inform

their daily nursing practice and the management of organisational resources. Nurses

therefore require the courage and the self confidence to engage with others at all

levels of healthcare organisations and policy makers.

Participants demonstrated the ability to engage in complex decision making by

considering a number of different issues simultaneously. This included the impact of

the dilemma and the options available to them. In order to do this they applied ethical

principles, weighing the benefits and burdens to each person of each option within

the dilemma. Student nurses will therefore need to be appropriately prepared with

the skills to address such complex dilemmas once they have been accepted onto a

Page 211: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

210

nursing degree programme. They will also need to develop the self confidence to

contribute effectively and the courage to challenge others appropriately when the

situation requires it.

11.3b Recommendations for further research.

Nursing values and ethical decision making

Participants involved in this study were Senior Charge Nurses, Charge Nurses or

Staff Nurses working on a ward or department. Further research using a case study

is planned; a Senior Nurse with strategic level responsibilities within the organisation

will be interviewed using the same semi-structured interview process. Agreement in

principle has been granted and ethical approval is being sought.

Further research studies could to be undertaken within the UK primary care sector

and internationally, involving staff in both primary and secondary care settings, to

establish if the nursing values identified in this study are shared globally and across

care settings.

11.3c Moral dissonance.

A key theme that has emerged is that of moral distress; Corely (2002) presented a

model of moral distress based on a review of the literature, recommending that

further research be undertaken. It is evident from the findings in this thesis that whilst

nurses did find ways of contributing to the resolution of these dilemmas, they also

highlighted the distress or discomfort they experienced when they felt that the best

possible outcome for the patient was not achieved or when they came into conflict

with others in the context of meeting their duty of care. The changes in NHS

Page 212: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

211

provision have resulted in an increased risk of nurses experiencing moral distress as

services become driven by policy and organisational productivity objectives. The

increased demands placed on limited resources due to the increased number of

treatment options available and increased demand for care provision have been

highlighted in Chapter 7 of this thesis.

Moral dissonance has been identified within this study and in recent literature

(Cronqvist et al., 2006; Fairchild, 2010). It appears that, in some cases, experienced

nurses are able to recognise the dissonance between the ideal outcome and what is

achievable with the context of their practice, thus limiting the moral distress

experienced and the potential negative impact.

Research is therefore required in order to:

Identify ways to ensure the nursing voice is heard and respected at all levels

within the organisation from macro-level organisational policy making and

ways of delivering care to micro level decisions associated with individual

patient treatment, care and ethical decisions in practice; this may help to

reduce the moral distress experienced by nurses.

Identify strategies to help nurses address any residual moral distress, to avoid

any negative consequences.

Identify how experienced nurses are able to recognise and accept moral

dissonance, using this as a catalyst, and so limit the moral distress

experienced and improve outcomes.

Page 213: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

212

11.4 Dissemination of results.

This thesis will be available through the University of Huddersfield repository which

provides open access to the full text. All participants have received information on

how to access this so they are able to see how their accounts have contributed to

the findings of this research.

A minimum of two papers will be submitted to appropriate journals to facilitate

further dissemination. One will be a scholarly publication and the other will be aimed

at reaching nurses in clinical practice.

Abstracts will be submitted to nursing conferences, the RCN research conference

and the International Philosophy of Nursing conference, as these two attract different

audiences, both of whom may have an interest the study findings.

11.5 Reflection

A reflection of the process from the conception of the research aim to the writing of

the thesis has been undertaken. Gibbs (1988) reflective cycle was used to facilitate

this reflective process.

11.5a What happened?

Framing my Ideas

In the initial stages I was aware of the topic I wanted to explore, having spent

approximately 20 years working in acute medicine and older people’s services. I was

aware of the changes in health care provision and the increase in treatment options

available since my initial enrolment on the nurse register as an enrolled nurse. These

Page 214: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

213

changes had resulted in the need for nurses to make more and more complex

decisions, the most challenging of these were ethical in nature.

I had also been teaching ethics to undergraduate preregistration nursing students for

2 years; many of my students struggled to see how this would help them in their

practice as registered nurses. Ethical decision making was recognised in the ‘big’

questions, ‘life and death situations’, and some students perceived that doctors

made the important decisions and that nurses were only involved in the care that had

been prescribed. When exploring this further with students it became apparent that

students had observed nurses working in environments where, day-to-day, they

were faced with ethical decisions, however this had not been articulated to the

students and they had not recognised it.

The literature review

A literature review was undertaken to discover the current understanding of the topic

and a theoretical framework was developed to help with the understanding of the

concept of ethical dilemmas in nursing practice.

A further detailed search of the literature was undertaken and emergent themes

were identified. I had to be disciplined in both protecting time to undertake this and in

recording and storing the literature retrieved.

A proforma was used (see Appendix 3) to record the main findings from the critical

review of each piece of literature retrieved. This had been developed whilst

undertaking a Master’s degree. The need to develop this modified proforma was to

Page 215: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

214

enable different types of evidence used to be within the review of the current

literature. A wide variety of evidence is used as, within ethics, both philosophical

development of theories and empirical work have been undertaken.

Ethical approval

Ethical approval was sought and obtained from both the University of Huddersfield

and the National Research Ethics Committee for the NHS. To obtain approval

extensive documentation and a full explanation of the proposed study were required.

I also attended the meeting of the committee to respond to questions regarding the

study. Following approval, permission to access participants from The Trust was

sought and granted.

Progression monitoring

Progression monitoring was also required at key stages, at the end of years two and

three of the programme, as this was a part time PhD. Progression monitoring at the

end of year two required a written submission which was reviewed and feedback

provided on further development of the study.

Progression monitoring at the end of year three required both written submission and

oral presentation, to which members of the university staff and their postgraduate

research students were invited, and at which they could ask questions together with

the university appointed reviewers.

Page 216: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

215

The pilot study

The pilot study was undertaken prior to the progression point at the end of year 3

and involved staff from the university. Initial interviews were shorter than I had hoped

they would be, however, with experience my interviewing skills improved and I was

able to engage with the voluntary participants sufficiently to obtain rich data which

was later used to inform both the pilot study findings and the main study findings

(reflection was undertaken after each interview to facilitate this). Interviews were

audio recorded; it took a little time to get to grips with the MP3 recorder but once I

had practised a number of times this proved to be a suitable way of collecting the

narrative accounts provided by participants. I transcribed the pilot interviews, which

took at least a whole day each.

Once transcribed, the analysis could be undertaken and, for the pilot data, only a

thematic analysis was undertaken, using the software package NVIVO 8. It was the

first time I had used this type of package and, again, this was challenging at first but

as I became more practiced I was able to code the data more efficiently.

European Doctorate Students Research Conference

Findings from the pilot study were presented at the European Doctorate Students

Research Conference in September 2010. This involved travelling to Berlin where

the conference took place and meeting other doctoral students from across Europe. I

was able to discuss my work with others in a similar position to myself in the context

of undertaking doctoral studies. We compared our work in terms of topics, research

methods, expectations of our supervisors and institutions and the final oral

examination process.

Page 217: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

216

The study

Once NREC’s approval had been gained and a letter of access provided by the

research and development department of The Trust received, I was able to begin

recruiting participants from The Trust. The recruitment of participants involved

visiting wards and departments, speaking to the ward or department manager where

possible or the nurse in charge on that day, leaving a letter with them to explain the

research to be undertaken and a copy of the participant information sheet. I followed

this up with further telephone contact to arrange a time when I could visit and talk to

any registered nurses who might be interested in taking part. Nine participants were

recruited from a variety of areas. All were interviewed; one participant stopped the

interview and decided not to continue.

I reassured the participant that this was not a problem, the tape was stopped and I

asked the participant if there was anything I could do for her of if she felt she wanted

to access counselling. The participant wanted to contribute to the study but did not

want to continue with the interview. A long discussion about her experiences then

took place; this included how the participant felt about the nurse’s involvement, or in

some cases lack of inclusion in the decision making process, whilst having to

provide the care prescribed as a result if the decision. The participant was feeling

better and was happy for me to use my reflections and account of our conversation

as part of the final thesis.

Transcription of these interviews was undertaken by an audio typist as the time

involved was thought to be better spent reading and re-reading the transcripts whilst

listening to the recordings to facilitate in-depth knowledge of the interviews so to

Page 218: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

217

facilitate data analysis. Data analysis was undertaken using NVIVO 8 to code data;

thematic content and interactional analysis were undertaken.

Student conference

A keynote presentation was undertaken as part of the student research conference

held annually at the university as the theme was ethics in clinical practice (see

Appendix 9).

Final writing of the thesis

Completing the writing of the thesis was difficult and took a substantial length of time

with numerous drafts being discussed with supervisors. Sections of this had been

undertaken as the research progressed, however sections required revisiting and

developing for the final thesis.

11.5b What were you thinking and feeling?

Framing my ideas

In the initial stages I was excited that, having wanted to undertake research in this

field for many years, I was now embarking on this journey. At the same time,

however, there were feelings of anxiety, of ‘would my work make the grade?’

I knew that this was an opportunity to research what I wanted and that I might never

have this luxury again; I wanted to make the most of this.

Page 219: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

218

I hoped that this work would inform my role as Senior Lecturer and help me to inspire

others to practise ethically as student nurses and as registered nurses, in whatever

area they ultimately practised.

The literature review

I was familiar with this aspect of the research process as I had undertaken a

literature review for a recently awarded master’s degree. I was, however, surprised

at the limited range of empirical work I found into what I considered to be an

essential part of nursing practice, aspects of which have recently been further

identified as such by Francis (2013).

Ethical approval

I was fully aware of the requirement of the School ethics panel as I had been on the

ethics panel for two years by this time and was not concerned about the process; I

understood the importance of the role of the ethics panel and how feedback from the

panel could help to further develop the proposed research.

Progression monitoring

Whilst I recognise the importance of progression monitoring I felt that the extensive

form filling that this seemed to involve took me away from making the progress I

wanted with the research, particularly at the end of year one.

Monitoring at the end of year three was even more time consuming and my previous

frustrations re-emerged, however once I had completed the written submission and

prepared my oral presentation I began to see my work as a whole and was able to

Page 220: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

219

recognise the progress I had made. I found this motivating and helpful in forward

planning for the next 12 months.

The oral presentation was to a group of about 20 people and, although I was used to

teaching large groups of students, I remained anxious about this and felt vulnerable

at having to share my work with anyone other than my academic supervisory team. I

felt relieved and happy when this was over as it appeared to go well; the written

feedback, however, was provided on a form and was minimal. I felt disappointed as I

had hoped for constructive comments to help me question my work and develop it

further.

The pilot study

The pilot study was difficult as I was not confident that I would retrieve the data I was

looking for with the semi-structured interview questions I had developed. My anxiety

showed and knowing some of the participants for some time perhaps made me more

so, rather than making the process easier. My confidence increased with each

interview and the questions were modified as appropriate.

Initially I thought the data I was collecting would be insufficient and lacking depth as

many, but not all, of these accounts reflected my own experiences. However, as I

thematically analysed this data it soon became apparent that I had collected some

valuable data, with some participants expressing similar thoughts, feelings and

responses within the very different dilemmas they had faced.

Page 221: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

220

European Doctorate Students Research Conference

Attending this conference presented me with more than the challenge of presenting

my work. Unfamiliar with foreign travel and having never travelled abroad alone I

was filled with apprehension; managing to overcome some of these perceived

boundaries proved to be a positive experience and confidence building.

Meeting with others also studying at doctorate level was enlightening and others

showed interest in my work and I in the work of others. Confidence in our work, and

our ability in discussing this with others, further developed over the weekend.

The study

Entering environments (although they were in a hospital and I am familiar with the

hospital environment) in which I had never worked or knew anyone was difficult and I

was a little concerned about it. I did, however, have a colleague who worked in The

Trust and kindly came with me to meet the ward and department managers. Once I

had made the initial contact I felt more confident in contacting and meeting with the

managers and prospective participants.

Meeting and engaging with the participants was very rewarding; I felt like a nurse

again for the first time in a number of years, it reminded me of why I do the job I do

and the important role nurses play in the lives of others, especially when they are

vulnerable. I felt that I was able to very quickly build a rapport with participants.

Page 222: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

221

Engaging with the data and undertaking the analysis was rewarding and reminded

me why, firstly, I had decided to become a nurse and, again, how important this

aspect of professional nursing practice is.

Final writing of the thesis

This felt like the final endurance test, having had some episodes of ill health during

this time I was determined this was not going to stop me completing this thesis. The

support at this stage from both supervisors and colleagues was more than I could

have asked for and my appreciation of this cannot be expressed sufficiently.

11.5c What was good about the experience?

The good things about this experience are the people I have met, the things I have

learned and knowing what it is I need to do next.

The people who have supported me on this journey have proved to be the most

valuable resource available to me both professionally and personally; valuing my

work; discussing aspects of this and helping me increase the breadth of perspectives

from which I viewed things; supporting me to free up time to spend on the research

and writing of this thesis; an giving me space to rest and reflect when I needed it;

believing in me and my work when I did not; helping me to find my way through.

I have learned that, with hard work, commitment and the support of others, I can

develop new skills to further develop my research and contribute to the way nurses

act and are perceived by others. I have also learned that although I struggle with

Page 223: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

222

written English, it should not stop me from contributing in this way, as help is always

available.

I have, right at the end of this first stage of my journey, discovered it is possible to

make time for research. As the deadline approaches for the submission and each

draft requires more work than I had initially expected, I have found the time.

What was bad about the experience?

I was not able to make the time I wanted to complete this work and sometimes I felt it

would take forever; it has drawn me away from other things, such as meetings with

friends and family. I have, however, now found I am able to do this.

I felt that in the effort to support my progress with this study I had been excluded

from other opportunities to develop professionally and that, whilst I had hoped that it

would bring me closer to the research community at the university, it has served as

an obstacle.

11.5d What sense can you make of the situation?

The situation is one that many people go through and I do not think it is possible to

explain what it is about to someone who has not been there. I know that the support

of others and having friends on the same journey have been a great help to me, as

indicated above.

The rapport quickly developed with participants was, I think, because as I am

also a nurse, the participants felt at ease. As suggested in Chapter 6, there is

Page 224: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

223

a perceived shared value system amongst nurses and, therefore, the

understanding that there would be a shared understanding of their dilemmas.

I recognise it is something that I both wanted and needed to do both personally and

professionally and I now believe that I am in a better position to continue developing

as a researcher and make a contribution to understanding ethical practice and

reveal the voice of nurses working in the context of the changing health care system.

What else could have been done?

Progression monitoring

I should have followed up the oral presentation and made an appointment for further

feedback from the internal reviewers of my work than was available on the feedback

form issued by the university. This would have given me the opportunity to recognise

areas that could have been developed to strengthen the work and possibly increase

my confidence in this work.

European Doctorate Students Research Conference

I could have maintained contact with those I met at the conference. I could have

submitted abstracts to other conferences as my work progressed

The study

Data could have been collected from nurses working in other geographical locations,

Trusts or organisations providing secondary care. This may have strengthened the

findings of this study (Polit and Beck, 2008) as it has not been possible to exclude

that the values exhibited by the participants were not influenced by the organisation

Page 225: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

224

within which they were working. Participants did, however, have different

backgrounds and had worked in other organisations.

If it arose again what would you do?

I would undertake this as a full time course of study rather than a part-time one; I

think that I would have enjoyed it more than I have. As a full time student I would

have been more able to main the momentum, gained a richer understanding of the

topic and the participants’ experiences and probably felt part of the research

community within the university. I did not feel part of either the postgraduate

research community or the postgraduate student community, as a part-time student

and a full-time senior lecturer in the same institution, with the majority of my time

taken up with teaching and administrative work rather than balancing the two

effectively.

With regard to the research process, I do not think I would do things any differently in

respect of data collection and data analysis. For the literature review I would manage

my time differently and undertake this in blocks of time (several days at a time)

rather than in short bursts of a single day or afternoon.

I think that I could have made more of the opportunity to network and keep in touch

with the people I met at the European Doctorate Students Research Conference,

and taken up the opportunity to attend more conferences to meet others working in

the same field.

Page 226: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

225

11.6 Summary

This thesis details an exploratory enquiry into the contribution nurses make in the

resolution of ethical dilemmas in secondary care.

The purpose of the study was to identify the contribution nurses make to resolving

ethical dilemmas and what it was that formed the decisions and actions associated

with this. In order to establish this, a qualitative exploratory study was undertaken,

using a semi structured interview process to collect data.

Chapter 1 presents the background to the study and explains that the context of

secondary care has changed significantly over the last 20 years. These changes are

the consequence of technical developments and the increased number of treatment

options available for a variety of conditions and, consequently, the role of the nurse

has changed significantly (Storch et.al., 2004).

From examination of the literature retrieved to inform the background of this study, a

theoretical framework was developed (see Figure 1). The theoretical framework

used in this investigation shows the process the nurse might follow when addressing

dilemmas and begins with the identification of the dilemma or problem which is

triggered by the nurse’s moral conscience. Moral reasoning, based on the nurse’s

values and beliefs, informs the initial response to the situation. This is then justified

through ethical decision making and followed by the moral action which the nurse

has decided is the best available course of action in context.

Page 227: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

226

The nurse participants demonstrated that they believed that the welfare of the patient

is the most important aspect of the nurse’s role; that nurses should be prepared to

be accountable for their actions, promote patient autonomy; that the impact of any

action on ‘others’ should be considered and that nurses have a shared

understanding and a set of beliefs and values.

Nurses value people most of all and in the secondary care context that begins with

the patient; the virtues of compassion, honesty and trustworthiness are important in

developing these professional and ethical relationships which are required to

facilitate best possible outcomes for patients and others who are affected by

dilemmas the nurses face.

The aspect of the nurses’ behaviour required in order to facilitate moral action was

the importance of the professional relationships developed and maintained by nurses

in achieving the preferred outcomes for the patients and facilitating the resolution of

the ethical dilemmas. These relationships are with patients, families and other

members of the multidisciplinary team and facilitate collaborative working in

partnership to achieve moral action. Nurse participants highlighted how they work

with others and emphasised their role within the collaborative working that was

undertaken in each account.

Therefore, it is likely that nurses may use a combination of approaches to ethical

decision making and the indications from this exploratory study are that they use a

virtue based approach. The virtue based approach is complemented by the

development of key ethical relationships, developed and maintained between

Page 228: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

227

nurses, the patients for whom they are caring, the patients’ families and other health

and social care professionals involved in the interprofessional care delivered.

Page 229: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

228

Reference list

Abrans, N (1978). A Contrary view of the nurse as patient advocate. Nurses Forum

17(3) P259 – 267.

Adams, A. and Bond, S. (2000) Hospital nurses' job satisfaction, individual and

organizational characteristics. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 2000, 32(3), 536- 543,

Allmark, P. (1998) Is caring a virtue? Journal of Advanced Nursing 28(3) pp. 466-

472.

Aristotle (1998) Nicomachean Ethics. New York: Dover publications (translated by

W.D. Ross).

Armstrong, A.E. (2007) Nursing Ethics a virtue Based Approach New York: Palgrave.

Aroskar, M.A. Moldow, D.G. and Good, C.M. (2004) Nurses’ Voces: policy, practice

and ethics. Nursing Ethics 11(3) pp 266-276.

Banks, S. (2003) From oaths to rulebooks: a critical examination of codes of ethics

for social professions. European Journal of Social Work 6(2) pp133-144.

Banks, S and Gallagher, A. (2009) Ethics in Professional Life. New York: Palgrave

Macmillan.

Barnes, M. (2012) Care in Everyday Life; an ethic of care practice. Bristol Policy

Press.

Beauchamp, T.L. and Childress, J. F. (2001) Principles of Biomedical Ethics. 5th ed.

Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Beauchamp, T.L. and Childress, J. F. (2013) Principles of Biomedical Ethics. 7th ed.

Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bell S.E. (2003) Perceptions of utilization review nurses: "nurses like us" Journal of

Nursing Care Quality. 18(4): 275-80.

Benner, P. (1984) From Novice to Expert. Menlo Park California: Addison- Wesley

Publishing Company.

Blackpool Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust (2014) available at <

https://www.jobs.nhs.uk/xi/vacancy/d66a20c708c2eb4a8c342bbdd0174c37/?vac_ref

=913498327> accessed on August 28th 2014.

Blackwell Synergy (2011) About Blackwell Synergy. Available at

<http://www.blackwell-synergy.com/ >accessed March 11th 2011.

Page 230: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

229

Blum, L. (1988) Gilligan and Kohlberg: Implications for Moral Theory. Ethics 98(3)

pp. 472-491 The university of Chicago Press.

Botes, A. (2000a) An integrated approach to ethical decision making in the health

team. Journal of Advanced Nursing 32 (5) pp 1076 – 1082.

Botes, A. (2000b) A comparison between the ethics of justice and the ethics of care.

Journal of Advanced Nursing 32(5), 1072 – 1075.

Bowling, A. (2009) Research Methods in Health. Investigating Health and Health

Services. 3rd ed. Maidenhead: Open University Press.

Bunch, E.H. (2002) High technology and nursing: ethical dilemmas nurses and

physicians face on high-technology units in Norway. Nursing Inquiry Vol. 9(3):187–

195.

Burns, N., & Grove, S.K. (1987) The practice of research, conduct, critique, and

utilization. Philadelphia: Saunders.

Burns, N. and Grove, S.K. (2009) The Practice of Nursing Research. Appraisal,

Synthesis and Generation of Evidence. 6th ed. Missouri: Saunders Elsevier.

Cahn, S. M. and Markie, P. (2006) Ethics: History, Theory, and Contemporary Issues

2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Carter, S., (2009) Nursing in Multi Professional Practice in the acute sector. In

McCray J (2009) Ed. Nursing and Multi-Professional Practice. London: Sage.

Carter, M.A. and Klugman, C.M. (2001) Cultural Engagement in Clinical Ethics: A

Model for Ethical Consultation. Cambridge Quarterly of Healthcare Ethics 10, pp. 16

– 33. Cambridge University press.

Caulfield, H. (2005) Accountability. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.

Chadwick, R. and Tadd, W. (1992) Ethics and Nursing Practice London: Macmillan

Press.

Chafey, K. Rhea, M. Shannon, A. M. and Spencer, S. (1998) Characterization of

Advocacy By Practicing Nurses. Journal of Professional Nursing (14) 1, 43 – 52.

Chambliss, D.F. (1996) Beyond Caring: hospitals nurses and the social organisation

of ethics. London: Chicago The University of Chicago Press.

Page 231: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

230

Carter, S., (2009) Nursing in Multi Professional Practice in the acute sector. In

McCray J (2009) Ed. Nursing and Multi-Professional Practice. London: Sage.

.

Children Act 1989 (c.41) London: Her Majesty’s Stationary Office (HMSO).

CINAHL (2011) The CINAHL Data Base

http://www.cinahl.com/prodsvcs/cinahldb.htm <Accessed > March 11th 2011 17.40

hrs.

Clará, A. Merino, J. Mateos, E Ysa, A.. Román, B. Vidal-Barraquer F (2006) Ethical

Dilemmas (The VASCUETHICS Study): ‘V’-Shaped Association Between

Compassionate Attitudes and Professional Seniority. European Journal of Vascular

and Endovascular Surgery, Vol. 31(6): 594-599.

Colebatch, H K (2009) Policy 2nd ed. Buckingham: Open University Press, 2002.

Colaizzi, P.F. (1973) Reflection and Research in Psychology. Iowa: Kendall/Hunt

Publishing Co.Ltd., Commissioning Board Chief Nursing Officer and DH Chief Nursing Adviser (2012),

Compassion in Practice London: Department of Health.

Corley M.C. (2002) Nursing Moral Distress: A proposed Theory and Agenda Nursing

Ethics 9 (6) pp 636-650.

Cronqvist, A., Kim Lu¨ Tze´n and Nystro, M. (2006) Nurses' lived experiences of

moral stress support in the intensive care context. Journal of Nursing Management,

14, 405–413.

Cott, C. (1998) Structure and meaning in multidisciplinary teamwork. Sociology of

Health and Illness 20(6) 848 -873.

Coulter, A., Parsons, S. and Askham, J. (2008) Where are the patients in the

decision making about their care. Copenhagen: World Health Organisation.

Cummings, G. MacGregor, T. Davey, M. Lee, H. Wong, C. Lo, E. Muise, M. and

Stafford, E. (2010) Leadership styles and outcomes patterns for nursing workforce

and work environment: a systematic review. International Journal of nursing Studies

47 363-385.

Page 232: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

231

Curtis S, Gesler W, Smith G, Washburn S (2000) Approaches to sampling and case

selection in qualitative research: examples in the geography of Health. Social

Science & Medicine, 50, 1001-1014.

Cuthbert, S. and Quallington, J. (2008) Values for Care Practice. Exeter: Reflect

Press UK..

Cutcliffe, J. R. and Ward, M. (2007) Critiquing Nursing Research 2ed Dinton

Wiltshire: Quay Books.

Darzi A, (2008) Quality care for all; NHS next stage review final report. London The

Stationary office.

Data protection Act 1998(c.29) London: Her Majesty’s Stationary Office (HMSO).

Davies, K. (2003) The Body and doing gender: the relations between doctors and

nurses in hospital work. Sociology of Health and Illness 25 (7) 720-742.

Davis, C. (1995) Gender and the professional predicament in nursing. Buckingham:

Open University Press.

Day, G. Minichiello, V. and Madison, J. (2007) Nursing morale: predictive variables

among a sample of Registered Nurses in Australia. Journal of Nursing Management,

2007, 15, 274–284.

Denzin, N.K. and Lincoln Y.S., eds. (2003) Collecting and Interpreting Data. 2nd ed.

London: Sage Publications.

Denzin, N.K. and Lincoln, Y.S., eds. (2008). The Landscape of Qualitative Research.

3rd ed. London: Sage Publications.

Department of Health (1990) National Health Service and Community Care Act,

1990: London: Department of Health.

Department of Health (DH) (2000). The National Health Service Plan. London:

Department of Health.

Department of Health (DH) (2001) The Expert Patient: A New Approach to Chronic

Disease Management for the 21st Century. London: Department of Health.

Department of Health (DH) (2005). The National Stroke Strategy. London:

Department of Health.

Department of Health (DH) (2006) Our Health Our Care Our Say: Making it Happen.

London: The Stationary Office.

Department of Health (DH) (2008). The next stage review; what we heard from our

NHS our future process. London: The Stationary Office.

Page 233: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

232

Department of Health (DH) (2009). End of Life Strategy: Quality Markers and

measures for end of life care. London: The Stationary Office.

Department of Health (DH) (2011). Modernising Nursing Careers. London: The

Stationary Office.

Department of Health (DH) (2012) The National Health Service Constitution: the

NHS belongs to us all. London: The Stationary Office.

Dierckx de Casterlé, B. Grypdonck, M. Cannaerts, N. and Steeman, E. (2004)

Empirical ethics in action: Lessons from two empirical studies in nursing ethics

Medicine Health care and Philosophy 7 pp 31-39.

Dierckx de Casterlé B. Denier Y. De Bal N. and Gastmans C. (2010) Nursing care for

patients requesting euthanasia in general hospitals in Flanders, Belgium Journal of

Advanced Nursing 66 (11) pp 2410 – 2420.

Dimond, B. (2008) Legal aspects of Mental Capacity. Halow: Pearson Eduction Ltd.

Dimond, B. (2011) Legal aspects of Nursing, 6th Ed. Halow: Pearson Eduction Ltd.

Dopson S (2009) Changing forms of Managerialism in the NHS. In Gabe, J. and

Calnan, M., (2009) Eds. The New Sociology of the Health Service. Abingdon:

Routledge.

Donker N.T. and Andrews L.D. (2011) Ethics, culture and nursing practice in Ghana

International Nursing Review 2011 International Council of Nurses.

Elger B. S. Harding T. W (2002) Should cancer patients be informed about their

diagnosis and prognosis? Future doctors and lawyers differ. Journal of Medical

Ethics. 28(4): 258-65.

Esterhuizen, P. (1995) Is the professional code still the cornerstone of clinical

nursing practice? Journal of Advanced Nursing 3 (1) 104 – 110.

EPAU and NPUA, (2009) Pressure Ulcer Treatment, Quick reference guide

Washington DC: National Pressure Ulcer Advisory Panel.

EPAU and NPUA, (2010) Pressure Ulcer pretension, Quick reference guide

Washington DC: National Pressure Ulcer Advisory Panel.

Epstein, E. and Delgado, S. (2010) Understanding and Addressing Moral Distress"

The Online Journal of Issues in Nursing Vol. 15, No. 3.

Fain, J.A. (1999) Reading Understanding and Applying Nursing Research a text and

Work book. Philadelphia: F.A.Davis Company.

Page 234: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

233

Fairchild, R. (2010) Practical ethical theory for nurses responding to complexity in

care Nursing Ethics 17: 353.

Farsides, B. (2007) An Ethical Perspective – Consent and Patient Autonomy in

Tingle, J and Cribb, A. (eds). (2007) Nursing Law and Ethics 3rd ed. Oxford:

Blackwell Publishing.

Faulkner, J. & Laschinger, H. (2008) The effects of structural and psychological

empowerment on perceived respect in acute care nurses. Journal of Nursing

Management 16, 214–221.

Fink, A. (2009) Conducting Research Literature reviews. London: Sage.

Finkelman and Kenner (2010) Professional Nursing Concepts Sudbury: Jones and

Bartlett Publishers.

Francis, R. (2013) Report of the Mid Staffordshire NHS Foundation Trust Public

Inquiry. London: The Stationery Office.

Fry S.T. and Johnstone M. J (2002) Ethics in Nursing Practice 2nd ed. Oxford

Blackwell Publishing.

Gallagher, A. (2004).Dignity and respect for dignity – Two key health Professional

values: Implications for nursing practice. Nursing Ethics 11(6) 587-599.

Gallagher, A., (2010) "Moral Distress and Moral Courage in Everyday Nursing

Practice" OJIN: The Online Journal of Issues in Nursing Vol. 16 No. 2. Available at

<http://www.nursingworld.org/MainMenuCategories/EthicsStandards/Courage-and-

Distress/Moral-Distress-and-Courage-in-Everyday-Practice.html >Accessed May

17th 2013

Gibbs G. (1988) .Learning by doing: a guide to teaching and learning methods.

Oxford: Oxford Polytechnic Further Education Unit,

Gerrish, K. and Lacey, A., eds. (2006) The research Process in Nursing. 5th ed.

Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.

Gilligan, C. (1982). In a different Voice. Cambridge, Massachusetts: London Harvard

University Press.

Grbich, C. (1999) Qualitative Research in Health: an Introduction. London: Sage.

Gunnarsdottir, S. Clarke, S., Rafferty, A. And Nutbeam, D. (2009) Front-line

management, staffing and nurse doctor relationships as predictors of nurse and

patient outcomes. A survey of Icelandic hospital nurses. International journal of

Nursing Studies 46: 920-927.

Page 235: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

234

Halcomb, E. Daly J, Jackson, D. and Davidson, P (2004) An insight into Australian

nurses’ experience of withdrawal/withholding of treatment in the ICU. Intensive and

Critical Care Nursing 20:214-222.

Hamric, A.B. Spross, J.A., and Hanson, C.M. (2000) Advanced Nursing Practice: An

Integrative Approach. 2nd ed. Missouri: Elsevier.

Hardingham, L.B. 2004 Integrity and moral residue: nurses as participants in a moral

community Nursing Philosophy 5 PP127-134.

Harris, J. (1985) The Value of Life: an introduction to Medical Ethics. London;

Routlage.

Hart, C. (2005) Doing your Masters dissertation. London: Sage.

Hawley, G. ed., (2007) Ethics in clinical practice an interprofessional approach.

Harlow: Pearson Education.

Hennick, M. Hutter, I. and Bailey, A. (2011) Qualitative Research Methods. London:

Sage.

Herbert, C. L. (1997) 'To be or not to be' — an ethical debate on the not-for-

resuscitation (NFR) status of a stroke patient Journal of Clinical Nursing, Vol. 6(2):

99-105.

Heikkinen, A. Lemonidou, C. Petsios, K., Sala, R. Barazzetti, G. Radaelli, S. Leino-

Kilpi, H. (2006) Ethical codes in nursing practice: the viewpoint of Finnish, Greek and

Italian Nurses. Journal of Advanced Nursing 55(30 pp 310 -319.

Hood, L. and Leddy, S, (2004) Leddy and Pepper’s Conceptual Basis of Professional

Nursing 6th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins.

Holloway, I. ed. (2005) Qualitative Research in Health Care. Maidenhead: Open

University Press.

Holloway, I. and Freshwater, D. (2007) Narrative Research in Nursing. Oxford:

Blackwell Publishing.

Hong L, Barriball K.L. Zhang, X. While, A. (2011) Job Satisfaction among hospital

nurses revisited: A systematic Review. International Journal of Nursing 49(8) 1017-

1038.

Hugman, R. (2005) New Approaches in Ethics for the caring professions.

Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.

Hurst, S.A., Hull, S.C,. DuVal, G. Danis, M. (2005). How physicians face ethical

difficulties: a qualitative analysis. Journal of Medical Ethics. Vol. 31(1): 7-14.

Page 236: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

235

Hursthouse R (1999) On virtue Ethics. Oxford. Oxford University Press.

Hyde, A. Treacy, M. Scott, P.A. Butler, M. Drennan, J. Irving, K. Bryne, A.

MacNeela, P. Hanrahan, M. (2005) Modes of rationality in nursing documentation:

biology, biography and the voice of nursing. Nursing Enquiry 12 (2) pp 66-77.

Hyland, D. (2002) An Exploration of the Relationship Between Patient Autonomy and

Patient Advocacy: Implications For Nursing Practice. Nursing Ethics 9 (5): 472- 482.

International Council of Nurse (ICN) (2012) The ICN code of Ethics for Nurses

Geneva: ICN. Available at http://www.icn.ch/about-icn/code-of-ethics-for-nurses/

[accessed on May 21st 2013].

Jenkin, A. and Millward, J. (2006) A moral dilemma in the emergency room:

Confidentiality and domestic violence. Accident and Emergency Nursing. Vol.14(1):

38-42.

Johns, C. (1995) Framing learning through reflection within Carper’s fundamental

ways of knowing in nursing. Journal of Advanced Nursing. 22, 2, 226-234

Johnson, B. and Webber, P. (2010) Theory and Reasoning in Nursing 3rd Ed.

Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins.

Johnson, M. (1997) Nursing Power and Social Judgment: Aldershot: Ashgate.

Johnstone, M. (1999) Bioethics: A nursing perspective, 3rd ed. Sydney: Harcourt

Saunders.

Kain, V. (2007). Moral distress and providing care to dying babies in neonatal

nursing. International Journal of Palliative Nursing 13(5) pp 243-248

Kalvemark, S. Hoglund, A.T. Hansson, M.G. Westerholm, P. and Arenez, B. (2004)

Living with conflicts-ethical dilemmas and moral distress in the health care system.

Social Science and Medicine 58 pp 1075-1084.

King, N. and Horrocks, C. (2010) Interviews in Qualitative Research. London: Sage.

Kitson, A. (2004) ‘The whole person’ Nursing Standard, 19, (12) pp.14-15.

Kohlberg, L. (2008) The Development of Children’s Orientations Toward a Moral Order. Human Development 51:8–20. Kohnke, 1982 Advocacy Risk and Reality. London Mosby.

Page 237: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

236

Laabs, C. (2005) Moral Problems and Distress among Nurse Practitioners in Primary

Care. Journal of American of Academic and Nursing Practice Research (17) 2

Lamb, L. Green, S.J.A. Vincent, C. and Sevdalis, N. (2011) Decision Making in

Surgical Oncology. Surgical Oncology 20:163-168.

Lamb, B. and Savdalis, N. (2011) How do nurses make decisions? International

journal of nursing Studies 48 pp281-283.

Lawler, J. (1991) Behind the Screens Nursing Somology, and the Problem of the

Body. Melbourne Churchill Livingstone.

Lere J.C. and Gaummitz , B.R. (2003) The impact of codes of ethics on decision-

making Some insights from information Economics. Journal of Business Ethics 48

365-379 pp365-379.

Lewins, A. and Silver, C. (2007) Using Software in Qualitative Research. A step by

step guide. London: Sage.

Liaschenko, J. and Peter, E. (2004) Nursing ethics and conceptions of nursing:

profession, practice and work. Journal of Advanced Nursing 46 (5) 488-495.

Long, T. and Johnson, M. (2000). Rigour, reliability and validity in qualitative

research. Clinical Effectiveness in Nursing.(4) 30 -37 Harcourt Publishers Ltd

Longley M, Shaw C and Dolan G (2007) Nursing: Towards 2015: London Nursing

and Midwifery Council

Long-Sutehall, T. Willis, H. Palmer, R. Ugboma, D. Addingham-Hall, J. Coombs M

(2011) Negotiated dying: A grounded theory of how nurses shape withdrawal of

treatment in hospital critical care units. International Journal of Nursing Studies

48(12):1466-74.

Maben, J. and Griffiths. P. (2008) Nurses in society: starting the debate. London

University of London, National Nursing Research Unit King’s College.

Macnee, C. L. and MCCabe, S. (2008) Understanding nursing research: using

research in evidence-based practice. London: Wolters Kluwer/Lippincott Williams &

Wilkins.

Marshall, M. (1996) Sampling for qualitative research. Family Practice, 13 (6). 522-

525.

Mason, M. (2010) Sample Size and Saturation in PhD studies using Qualitative

Interviews. Forum: Qualitative Social Research Vol 11 No.3 art 6.

Page 238: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

237

Martin, R. (2004) Rethinking primary health care ethics: ethics in contemporary

primary health care in the United Kingdom. Primary Health Care Research and

Development 5: 317 – 328.

Melia, K. (1984) Learning and working: the occupational socialization of nurses.

London: Tavistok.

Melia, K. (2004) Healthcare Ethics: Lessons from Intensive Care. London: Sage.

Melia, K. (2014) Ethics for Nursing and Healthcare Practice London: Sage.

Mental Capacity Act 2005 (c.9) London: Her Majesty’s Stationary Office (HMSO).

Morse, M. and Chung, S.E. (2003) Toward holism: the significance of methodological

pluralism. International Journal of Qualitative Methods 2 (3) pp. 13-20.

Musto, L C., Rodney, P A. and Vanderheide, R. (2014). Towards interventions to

address moral distress: Navigating structure and agency. Nursing Ethics 21(4).

National Audit Office (NAO) (2013) Emergency admissions to hospital: managing the

demand. London: The Stationery Office.

NHS (2000) The Cancer Plan: A plan for investment. A plan for reform. London: The

Stationary Office.

NHS (2011). National End of Life care programme: The route to success in end of

life care - achieving quality in acute hospitals. London: The Stationary Office.

National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC), (2012). An

introduction to child protection legislation in the UK available at:

<http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/questions/child_protection_legislation_in_t

he_uk_wda48946.html >Accessed on June 2nd 2012]

National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC), (2014) Gillick

Compliancy and Frasers Law available at

<http://www.nspcc.org.uk/Inform/research/briefings/gillick_wda101615.html>

accessed August 26th 2014.

Noddings, N (2003) Caring; A feminine approach to ethics and moral education. 2nd

ed. London. University of California Press Limited.

Nolan , M. Brown, J. Naughton, M Nolan, J.(1998 ) Developing nursing’s future role

2:nurses’ job satisfaction and morale . British Journal of Nursing , 7 (17) pp 1044-

1048.

Page 239: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

238

Noureddine, S. (2001) Development of the ethical dimension in nursing theory

International Journal of Nursing Practice Vol.7, Issue 1:2-7

Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) (2004) Standards of proficiency for pre-

registration nurse education. London: NMC.

Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) (2008) The Code: Standards of conduct,

performance and ethics for nurses and midwives. London: NMC.

Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) (2010a) Standards for Pre-registration nursing

education. London: NMC.

Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) (2010b) Statistical Analysis of the Register 1

April 2007 to March 2008 [on line] Available at: < http://www.nmc-uk.org/About-

us/Statistics/Statistics-about-nurses-andmidwives/ >Accessed September 3rd 2011,

16.45].

Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) (2010c). Development of the Code - March to

Summer 2007 available at < http://www.nmc-uk.org/Get-involved/Consultations/Past-

consultations/By-year/Development-of-the-Code---March-to-Summer-2007--/>

Accessed on May 6th 2013.

Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) (2011) What is fitness to practice

<http://www.nmc-uk.org/Hearings/What-is-fitness-to-practise/ >accessed on July 2nd

2014.

Nursing Care Quality Forum (2012) a letter to the Prime Minister in Department of

Health (2012) Treating Patients nad service users with Dignity and Compassion.

London HMSO available at < https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/nursing-

and-care-quality-forum-make-recommendations-to-prime-minister> accessed on

October 12th 2014.

Oberle, K. and Hughes, D. (2001) Doctors’ and nurses’ Perceptions of ethical

problems in end of life decisions. Journal od Advanced Nursing 33(6) pp707 - 715.

Ormrod, G. and Barlow, N. (2011) Accountability and ethical Practice. In Burton, R.

and Ormrod, G. (eds) Nursing: Transition to professional practice. Oxford: Oxford

university press

Padgett, S.M. (1998) ‘Dilemmas of Caring in a Corporate Context: A Critique of

Nursing Case Management’ Advances in Nursing Science, 20, (4) pp.1-12.

Palvish, C. Brown-Saltzman, K. and Shirk, M. (2011) Early Indicators and Risk

Factors for Ethical Issues in Clinical Practice Journal of Nursing Scholarship 43(1)

pp.13-21.

Page 240: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

239

Papworth Hospital Foundation Trust 2014 available <

https://www.jobs.nhs.uk/xi/vacancy/798a23d3e2e02ea6bc71130e07bb71eb/?vac_ref

=913490187> accessed on August 28th 2014

Parahoo, K. (2006) Nursing Research Principles, Process and Issues. 2nd ed.

Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.

Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman, (2011) Care and Compassion

London, Parliamentary and Health Service Ombudsman.

Payne, H. (2008) UK Law regarding children: essentials for the Paediatrician.

Paediatrics and Child Health. 18, 5, 207-212.

Peter, E Lunardi, V. L. and Macfarlane, A. (2004) Nursing resistance as ethical

action: literiture review Journal of Advanced Nursing 46(4), pp 403-416

Peter, E. and Liaschenko, J. (2013) Moral Distress Reexamined: A Feminist Interpretation of Nurses’ Identities, Relationships, and Responsibilities. Bioethical Inquiry; 10:337–345 Polit, D. F. and Beck, C.T. (2008) Nursing Research. Generating and Assessing

Evidence for Nursing Practice 8th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins.

Porter, S., (1998) Social Theory and Nursing Practice. Basingstoke: MacMillan

Press Ltd.

Pugh, W. T. G. (1944) Practical Nursing. London: William Blackwell and Sons Ltd.

Ramprogus, V. (1995) The deconstruction of Nursing. Aldershot, Hants: Avebury

Redman, B.K and Fry, S.T (2000) ‘Nurses Ethical Conflict: what is really known

about them?’ Nursing Ethics, 7(4), pp. 360-366.

Riessman, C.K. (2008) Narrative method for the human sciences. London: SAGE

Publications.

Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research.2nd ed. Oxford: Blackwell publishing.

Rodney, P. (2013) Seeing ourselves as Moral Agents in Relation to our

Organizational and Socio-political Contexts. Bioethical Inquiry 10:313 – 315

Royal College of Nursing (2003) Defining Nursing. London Royal College of Nursing.

Royal College of Nursing (2011) Commissioning Health Services. London: Royal

College of Nursing.

Page 241: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

240

Sandelowski, M., (1995) Focus on qualitative methods. Sample size in qualitative

research. Research in Nursing & Health, 18 (2), 179-83.

Salloch, S. and Breitsameter, C. (2010) Morality and moral conflicts in hospice care:

results of a qualitative interview study Journal of Medical Ethics 2010;36:588-592

Sander, R., (2009) Nursing on Multi-professional Practice. In McCray J (2009) Ed.

Nursing and Multi-Professional Practice. London: Sage.

Savage, J. and Moor, L (2004). Interpreting accountability. London Royal College of Nursing.

Science Direct (2011) Licensing and Policies available at

http://www.sciencedirect.info/licensing/ [accessed March 11th 2011]

Seedhouse, D. (1998) Ethics The Heart of Health Care. 2nd ed. Chichester: Wiley.

Sellman D (2011) What makes a good nurse: why the virtues are important for

nurses. London Jessica Kingsley Publishers

Settelmair, E. and Nigam, M. (2007) Where did you get your values and beliefs? in

Hawley, G. (ed) (2007) Ethics in clinical practice an interprofessional approach.

Harlow: Pearson Education.

Schön, D. A. (1987) Teaching artistry through reflection-in-action. In Educating the

reflective practitioner (pp. 22-40). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass Publishers.

Silverman, D. (2010) Doing Qualitative Research. 3rd ed. London: Sage.

Singer, P. (1993) Practical Ethics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Sinuff T, Kahnamoui K, Cook DJ, Luce J. and, Levy, M. (2004) Rationing critical care

beds: a systematic review. Critical Care Medicine. 32(7):1588-97.

Sørlie, V., Jansson, L. and Norberg, A. (2003) The meaning of being in ethically

difficult care situations in paediatric care as narrated by female Registered Nurses.

Scandinavian Journal of Caring Science; 17: 285–292.

Smith, P. (2012) The Emotional Labour of Nursing Revisited 2nd ed. Palgrave

Macmillan.

Standing, M. (2011) Clinical Judgment and Decision Making for Nursing Students.

Exeter: Learning Matters.

Storch, J. L. Rodney, P. Starzomski, R (2004) ‘Towards a moral horizon’ Nursing

Ethics for Leadership and Practice. Toronto: Pearson.

Page 242: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

241

Thompson, C. and Dowding, D. (2002). Clinical Decision Making and Nursing

Judgement. Edinburgh. Churchill Livingstone.

Tong, R. (1997) Theoretical approaches to Bioethics: Theoretical reflections and

practical applications. Boulder, Colorado: Westview Press.

Tong, R. (1998) The Ethics of Care: A feminist Virtue Ethics of Care for Health

Practitioners Journal of Medicine and Philosophy. 23:2 131 – 152

Torjuul, K. and Sørlie, V. (2006) Nursing is different than medicine: ethical difficulties

in the process of care in surgical units. Journal of Advanced Nursing 56(4):404-13.

Torp, R. and Thomas, E (2007) Health and Social Care policy, the interprofessional

agenda. NHS South West and the Department of Health. [online] Available at:

<http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitala

sset/dh_078444.pdf >Accessed December 13th 2010]

Tschudin, V. (1999) Nurses Matter, reclaiming our professional identity. Basingstoke,

Macmillan Press.

Ulrich, C. M., Taylor, C., Soeken, K., O'Donnell, P., Farrar, A., Danis, M. and Grady,

C. (2010), Everyday ethics: ethical issues and stress in nursing practice. Journal of

Advanced Nursing, 66: 2510–2519.

Vaartio, H. and Leino-Kilpi, H. (2004) Nursing Advocacy – a review of empirical

research 1990 – 2003. Nursing Studies 42 (2005) 705- 714.

Vandrevala, T. Hampson S. E. Daley, T. Arber, S. and Thomas, H. (2006). Dilemmas

in decision-making about resuscitation – a focus groups study of older people. Social

Science and Medicine 62 pp 157-159.

Varcoe. C, Doan., G. Pauly, B. Rodney, P. Storch, J. Mahoney, K. McPherson,

G.Brown, H. Ans Starzonomski, R.( 2004).Ethical practice in nursing: working the in-

betweens. Journal of Advanced Nursing 45(3)pp 316-325.

Verkerk, M (2001) The care perspective and autonomy. Medicine Healthcare and

Philosophy 4: 289 – 294.

Verpeet, E. Dierckx de Casterlé B. Van der Arend, A. and Gastmans, C.A.E.

(2004). Nurses views on ethical codes: a focus group study. Journal of Advanced

Nursing 51 (2) 188-195.

Wolf, Z. R. and Zuzelo, P. R. (2007) ‘Never Again’ Stories of Nurses: Dilemmas in

Nursing Practice. Qualitive Research 16(9) pp 1191-1206.

Page 243: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

242

Appendix 1

Literature selected for use in the development of the theoretical

framework

Page 244: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

243

Appendix 1: Literature selected for use in the development of the theoretical framework

Author /date

Method Strengths Weakness Main point Significance

1. Almark 1998 Discussion Well constructed & referenced

Age Caring about the right things in the right way.

Caring as a virtue

2. Aroskar, et. al., 2004

Qualitative Focus groups 36 RNs

N = 36 Detailed analysis

Nurse participants all had 20 years plus experience

Looks at nurses potential involvement in Policy development

How policy contributes to moral distress

3. Banks, 2003

Discussion / evaluative In-depth evaluation of codes of ethics for social professions

Does not include nursing

Highlights some similarities limitations to these

‘ The code ‘

4. Bell 2003 Questionnaire N=9751% response rate

No such role currently in UK

Utility nurses role Resource allocation

5. Botes 2000a Integrated ethical decision making – health care team

Well organised and supported

Supports health care ethics rather than biomedical or nursing Need for moral agent

Ethical decision making collaborative working esp. nurse and Dr.

6. Botes 2000b Discussion Ethic of care V justice

Ethics of care and justice

Limits to two perspectives

Recommend that a balance between these two poles id required

7. Clará et al

2004

Cross sectional study N= 253 From 26 departments

Participants are surgeons

Youngest & most senior surgeons higher companion

Conflicting principle

8. Carter and Klugman 2001

Discussion

Well constructed and referenced

Philosophy of cultural engagement

Culture ,beliefs and values

Page 245: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

244

Author /date Method Strengths

Weakness Main point Significance

11 Dierckx de Casterle, et. al., 2004

Discuses the contribution of two empirical studies

Both studies have Large sample size stable over time

Now 9 years old, changes in health care deliver has continued to change

Nurses use conventional methods when making ethical decisions

Challenges idea if ‘best for the patient’

9. Elgar and Harding 2002

Questionnaire 5pt Likert scale

N=127+168

Medical & law students Patient rights Patient autonomy

10. Herbert 1997 Discussion re stroke patients & DNR decision

Recognises the decisions making

Only considers Utilitarian & deontological approaches

Considers the dilemma from a number of perspectives

Uphold the role of the nurse int he decision making process

11. Hurst et al 2005 Survey Telephone interviews

N=344 64% response rate

Participants are Physicians

Avoided conflict Looked for assistance In decision-making Sort to protect their integrity

Shared decision making

12. Jenkin and Millard 2006

Discussion / reflective approach

Considers the complexity and perspectives Well referenced

7 years old Patients best interest Acknowledges that some declemmas need to be addressed quickly

13. Kain 2007

Literature review Well documented search, well developed discussion

Care of dying babies Moral distress during this & the impact n the Nurse

Calls for framework of primary care ethics due to increase in complex dilemmas

14. Kalvemark, et.

al., 2004

Qualitative Focus groups

N- = 3 focus groups 4-7 in each 1.3 – 2 hours

Includes The need for support & structures re ethical decision making

Conclusion is nurses use conventional approach to ethical decision making

15. Martin 2004 Used policy documents to examine the language of nursing ethics

Examines both internal and external influences on the context of primary care

Primary care

Page 246: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

245

Author /date

Method

Strengths

Weakness

Main point

Significance

16. Noureddine 2001

Discussion Nursing theory & nursing ethics

The discussion of the impact of the context is limited

Highlight nursing values Recognises the importance of caring

17. Oberle & Hughes 2001

Qualitative, interview Thematic analysis

Drs =7 Nurses = 14

More nurses than Doctors - not justified

Dr make the decisions Nurses implement the decisions leading to moral distress

Challenged by new findings

18. Pavlish et. al., 2011

qualitative descriptive study

70 participants No face to face contact with participant Participants recruited from ethics conference (bias)

Relates to aspects raised by participants

The nurses role in EDM Conflict

19. Redman and Fry 2000

Five studies 4 specialties

Five studies Looking at ethical conflict described by nurses

Less ethical conflict described more moral distress and unresolved dilemmas

20. Salloch, and Breitsameter 2010

Qualitative Grounded theory

10 interviews – saturation reached

Nurses & volunteers This therefore is not based purely on nurses and does not involve the full range of people working in the hospice

Importance of being non judgmental

Conflict been the patients’ wishes and values and those of the participant (nurse)

21. Tourjuul &

Sørlie 2006

Qualitative Phenomenological –hermeneutic interpretation

Small of 10 however in depth interviews & analysis produced rich data

Surgical nurses only

Norway Tension between nurses and the limits imposed by organizational objectives

Pt Records nad documentation by nurses indicate that nurses put biology over biography

Page 247: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

246

Appendix 2

Literature selected for inclusion in the literature review

Page 248: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

247

Appendix 2: Literature selected for inclusion in the literature review

Author /date

Method

Strengths

Weakness

Main point

S Significance

1. Aroskar, et. al., 2004

Qualitative Focus groups 36 RNs

N = 36 Detailed analysis

Nurse participants all had 20 years plus experience

Looks at nurses potential involvement in Policy development

How policy contributes to moral distress

2. Banks, 2003

Discussion / evaluative In-depth evaluation of codes of ethics for social professions

Does not include nursing

Highlights some similarities limitations to these.

‘ The code ‘

3. Botes 2000a Integrated ethical decision making – health care team

Well organised and supported

Supports health care ethics rather than biomedical or nursing Need for moral agent

Ethical decision making collaborative working esp. nurse and Dr.

4. Botes 2000b Discussion Ethic of care V justice

Ethics of care and justice

Limits to two perspectives

Recommend that a balance between these two poles id required

5. Corely 2002

Philosophical discussion

Will structured and referenced

Does not identify how the supporting literature was selected

Proposes theory of moral distress

6. Dierckx de Casterle, et. al., 2004

Discuses the contribution of two empirical studies

Both studies have Large sample size stable over time

Now 9 years old, changes in health care deliver has continued to change

Nurses use conventional methods when making ethical decisions

Challenges idea if ‘best for the patient’

7. Dierckx de Casterle, et. al., 2010

Grounded theory N =18 registered nurses

Did not reach saturation.

Nurses contribute to the care process (good)

Decision making is taken on by senior nurse & physician.

Page 249: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

248

Author /date

Method

Strengths

Weakness

Main point

Significance

8. Donker and

Andrews 2011

Qualitative Anonymous self administered questionnaire

N=200 Loss of depth which may have been retrieved using other methods

Local beliefs and organisational requirements limit the application of ethical codes

Highlights how cultural values and norms influence ethical practice

9. Hardington,

2004

Discussion Well structured Balanced discussion Reflection

Search strategy is unclear

Nurses as part of a moral community

Moral distress & relates to tension with the ‘system’

10. Heikkinen, et

al., 2006

Qualitative, international.

23 focus groups N= 138 participants in total Several researched

Focus groups my stifle disclosure of some ‘unethical practices’

Obstacles to implementing codes

7 barriers identified Nurses MDT Patient families Organization Nursing profession Society /health policy

11. Hyde et.al.,

2005

Discourse analysis

45 patient records

Patient records can be limited

Little evidence within documentation of nurses interpersonal interactional with patients and the facilitation of patient autonomy.

Highlights that record indicate that nurses put ‘biology over biography’

12. Liaschenko and Peter, 2004

Discussion paper Discusses the limitations of professional ethics

10 years old – still relevant though

Identifies the ‘ethic of work’ and nursing as work

13. Kain 2007

Literature review Well documented search, well developed discussion

Care of dying babies Moral distress during this & the impact n the Nurse

Policy / resources limiting action

14. Kalvemark, et.

al., 2004

Qualitative Focus groups

N- = 3 focus groups 4-7 in each 1.3 – 2 hours

Includes The need for support & structures re ethical decision making

Conclusion is nurses use conventional approach to ethical decision making

Page 250: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

249

Author /date

Method

Strengths

Weakness

Main point

Significance

15. Lamb &

Sevdalis, 2011

Discussion paper Effective discussion Well referenced current

Editorial Increased nurse lead decision making Need for increased research.

Collaberation

16. Long- Sutehall

et al., 2011

Qualitative Grounded theory N= 13

Current Semi-structured interview vignettes

Nurse involvement increases when implementing the decision

Context Collaboration

17. Oberle &

Hughes, 2001

Qualitative, interview Thematic analysis

Drs =7 Nurses = 14

More nurses than Doctors - not justified

Dr make the decisions Nurses implement the decisions leading to moral distress

Challenged by new findings

18. Pavlish et. al.,

2011

Qualitative descriptive study.

70 participants qualitative descriptive study

No face to face contact with participant Participants recruited from ethics conference

Relates to aspects raised by participants

The nurses role in EDM Conflict

19. Peter, et. al.,

2004

Literature review Critical incident Questionnaire

18 papers Dated About nurses resistance to ethical action Recommendation how to address this

Nurses resist situation where there is moral conflict Lots about power

20. Redman and

Fry, 2000

Five studies 4 specialties

N=164 N=97 N=118 N=91 N=470

Looking at ethical conflict described by nurses

Less ethical conflict described more moral distress and unresolved dilemmas

21. Salloch, and

Breitsameter, 2010

Qualitative Grounded theory

10 interviews – saturation reached

Nurses & volunteers Not based purely on nurses / does not involve the full range of people working in the hospice

Importance of being non judgmental

Conflict been the patients’ wishes and values and those of the participant (nurse)

Page 251: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

250

Author /date

Method

Strengths

Weakness

Main point

Significance

22. Tourjuul &

Sørlie, 2006

Qualitative Phenomenological –hermeneutic interpretation

Small of 10 however in depth interviews & analysis produced rich data

Surgical nurses only

Norway Tension between nurses and the limits imposed by organizational objectives

Pt Records nad documentation by nurses indicate that nurses put biology over biography

23. Vandrevala et.

al., 2006

Interpretive phenomenology Focus groups

N= 48 older people

All UK Limited acknowledgement of limitations

‘patients’ views on ethical decision making

Themes match some of those used by nurses

24. Ulrich, et.al.,

2010

Postal survey N= 422 returned 52% response rate

Closed questions

‘Nurses face daily ethical challenges’

The need for ethical related interventions

25. Varcoe et. al.,

2004

19 Focus groups N=87 Focus groups my stifle disclosure of some less mainstream opinions

Presents a ‘new’ understanding of nursing ethics

Working ‘in between’ Away of being and action as moral agent.

26. Verpeet, et al.,

2004

Qualitative 8 Focus groups

N = 50 thematic analysis audit trail maintained

Some limitations identified within the data collected

Nurses view on ethical codes

Useful for a number of reasons detailed in the paper

27. Wolf and

Zuzelo, 2007

Qualitative Critical incidents

N = 20 Range of experience All nurses

No acknowledgment of limitations

Never again stories Disempowered nurses

Talks expensively about the constrains on nursing action & disempowerment

Page 252: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

251

Appendix 3

Review Framework

Page 253: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

252

Review Framework Proforma

Questions Yes / No / NA

Comments

1 The researcher

What is their back ground?

2 The problem

Is It clearly stated?

Dose this give a new creative slant/ position

Does it relate to nursing practice / education

3 Literature review

Relevant topic?

Is it comprehensive?

Is current and up-to-date material included?

Are classic studies cited?

Dose the summary accurately capture the crucial aspects of the literature and relevance to the study?

4 The design

Dose the design statement convey the type of report being discussed?

Are theoretical frameworks discussed?

Are the hypotheses stated clearly?

Straight forward description of the plan with rationale?

Could other replicate the study based on information provided?

Are technical terms clearly defined?

5

Data collection

Is the method selected discussed?

Is rationale provided?

Does it stand up to criticism?

Are details of sampling methods / sizes clear?

Are details of special instruments given? Questionnaires, interview schedules, measuring techniques

Is reliability and validity discussed?

6 Ethical issues

Are procedures ethical?

Is informed consent obtained?

Page 254: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

253

Adapted from Burns and Grove’s (1987) model and Morrison’s (1991)

Confidentiality safeguarded?

Ethical clearance obtained?

Respect for academic property upheld/?

7

Data analysis

Is the method selected appropriate for the data?

Is it clearly described?

Are the findings clearly presented?

8

Reporting the results

Dose the title identify the type of study?

Is the abstract clear?

Has the researcher been honest?

Is non-discriminatory language used?

9. OR

Discussion / argument

Are the results clearly discussed?

Are the results adequately discussed?

Is the argument clearly constructed

Are some aspects of the discussion / argument emphasised more than others, if so is this justified?

10 Conclusion / recommendations

Are the conclusions justified

Are the conclusions linked to the original purpose?

Have new insights been uncovered?

Have new research questions emerged?

Are the recommendations feasible?

Are possible limitations of the study if identified?

11 What are the strengths of t he study / paper

12 What are the limitations of the study / paper?

Page 255: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

254

Appendix 4

Participant information (pilot study)

Page 256: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

255

What the nurse does?

A narrative approach to understanding the nursing contribution to the

resolution of ethical dilemmas in the context of nursing practice.

Information sheet You invited to take part in a research project that is exploring the nursing contribution to the resolution

of ethical dilemmas in the context of nursing practice. Please take the time to read this leaflet through

and do not hesitate to ask if there is anything that is not clear or if you would like more information. It

is important that before deciding to take part you fully understand why this research is being

undertaken and what it will involve.

What is the purpose of the study? The purpose of this research is to identify how registered nurses working within secondary care

provision view their personal and professional contribution to achieving the satisfactory resolution of

ethical dilemmas within the context of their nursing practice.

.

Why have I been chosen and what will I have to do?

You have been chosen because you work as a registered nurse within the secondary care

envioronment.

I would like to collect your perspective on the contribution you make within the context of your nursing

practice. This will involve an individual meeting during which time we will talk about your experiences

and contributions. The narrative provided by you will be recorded for transcribing at a later date prior

to analysis. It is envisaged that the meeting will last will last approximately 30 minutes to one hour.

Can I withdraw from the study?

If you do decide to take part you are still free to withdraw at any time and without giving a reason.

Who is organising and funding the study?

The research is funded and supported by the University of Huddersfield.

The researcher is Nichola Barlow who is a part time PhD student at the University. Nichola will

correspond with you at all stages of the study. Nichola will meet with you discuss your contribution

and record the meeting. The transcribed data will be returned to you for verification prior to analysis.

If you require any further information about the project then please contact Nichola Barlow at the

University of Huddersfield email:[email protected], or telephone 01484 473472.

You will be able to have access to the completed report once the research is finished the writing up

process has been completed.

Thank you

Page 257: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

256

Appendix 5

Participant consent form (pilot study)

Page 258: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

257

What the nurse does?

A narrative approach to understanding the nursing

contribution to the resolution of ethical dilemmas in

the context of nursing practice.

Consent to participate

Please initial the box

1. I have read and understand the information sheet for the above study, provided. I have had the opportunity to consider the information, ask questions and

have these answered satisfactorily.

2. My participation in this study is voluntary and I understand that I am free

to withdraw from the study without giving a reason.

3. I understand that the collected narrative will be recorded and on completion

of the research the recordings will be destroyed along with the

original questionnaire responses.

4. I understand that the original recorded narratives will not be shared with

any individuals apart from the researcher, audio typist engaged to transcribe

the data and the study supervisors.

5. I understand that the final report, containing anonymous quotations

may be used for the publication of peer reviewed journal articles and

conference presentations.

6. I agree to participate in this study.

------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------ ----------------------

Participant Name Signature Date

----------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------- ---------------------

Researcher Signature Date

Page 259: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

258

Appendix 6

Participant information

Page 260: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

259

What the nurse does? Exploring the nursing contribution to the resolution of ethical dilemmas in the context of

nursing practice.

Information sheet

You are invited to take part in a research project that is exploring the nursing contribution to the resolution of

ethical dilemmas in the context of nursing practice. Please take the time to read this leaflet through and do not

hesitate to ask if there is anything that is not clear or if you would like more information. It is important that before

deciding to take part you fully understand why this research is being undertaken and what it will involve.

What is the purpose of the study?

Nurses face ethical dilemmas as part of their nursing practice and it is often these that cause the greatest

concern for the patient, their family and the nurse. It is therefore important that we are able to understand what,

currently, registered nurses contribute to addressing these dilemmas as they occur.

Why have I been chosen and what will I have to do?

You have been chosen because you work as a registered nurse within the secondary care environment.

I would like to collect your perspective on the contribution you make within the context of your nursing practice.

This will involve an individual meeting during which time we will talk about your experiences and contributions.

The narrative provided by you will be recorded for transcribing at a later date prior to analysis. It is envisaged that

the meeting will last will last approximately 30 minutes to one hour.

Can I withdraw from the study?

If you do decide to take part you are still free to withdraw at any time and without giving a reason. If I choose to

withdraw from the study any data collected will be retained for use within the study.

Who is organising and funding the study?

The research is funded and supported by the University of Huddersfield.

The researcher is Nichola Barlow who is a part time PhD student at the University. Nichola will correspond with

you at all stages of the study. Nichola will meet with you discuss your contribution and record the meeting. The

transcribed data will be returned to you to confirm you are happy with it prior to analysis.

If you require any further information about the project then please contact Nichola Barlow at the University of

Huddersfield email:[email protected], or telephone 01484 473472.

You will be able to have access to the completed report once the research is finished the writing up process has

been completed.

Counselling Services

If you require support or counselling as a result of disclosing sensitive or distressing situations you may access

the staff cancelling services via the occupational health department

Confidentiality Anonymity of participants will be maintained throughout the study. All data collected will be

treated confidentially; each participant will be allocated a reference number in order to maintain confidentiality.

However disclosure may be required where unprofessional or illegal practice is identified.

Thank you

Page 261: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

260

Appendix 7

Participant consent form

Page 262: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

261

What the nurse does?

Exploring the nursing contribution to the resolution of ethical dilemmas in

the context of nursing practice.

Consent to participate

2. I have read and understand the information sheet for the above study provided. I have had the opportunity to consider the information, ask questions and

have these answered satisfactorily

2. My participation in this study is voluntary and I understand that I am free

to withdraw from the study without giving a reason.

3. If I choose to withdraw from the study any data collected will be retained for use

within the study.

4. I understand that the collected narrative will be recorded and on completion

of the research the recordings will be destroyed along with the

original questionnaire responses.

5. I understand that the original recorded narratives will not be shared with

any individuals apart from the researcher, audio typist engaged to transcribe

the data and the study supervisors.

6. I understand that the final report, containing anonymous quotations

may be used for the publication of peer reviewed journal articles and

conference presentations.

7. I agree to participate in this study

------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------ ----------------------

Participant Name Signature Date

----------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------- ---------------------

Researcher Signature Date

Page 263: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

262

Appendix 8

European Doctorate Students Research Conference,

Abstract and PowerPoint presentation

Page 264: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

263

EDCNS 2010 Abstract Form 11th European Doctoral Conference in Nursing Science

Berlin, Germany, 17 - 18th

September 2010

Title

What the Nurse does

Exploring the nurses contribution to the resolution of ethical dilemmas in secondary care - the pilot study

Authors

Nichola Ann Barlow PhD Student

School of Human and Health Sciences. The University of Huddersfield, Queensgate, Huddersfield. HD1 3DH

E-mail: [email protected]

Abstract Introduction Nurses face ethical dilemmas as part of their nursing practice and it is often these that cause the greatest concern for the

patient, their family and the nurse (Storch 2004, DH,1999.) . It is therefore important that we are able to understand what,

currently, registered nurses contribute to addressing these dilemmas as they occur.

Aim of the study Nurses face ethical dilemmas as part of their nursing practice and it is often these that cause the greatest concern for the

patient, their family and the nurse. It is therefore important that we are able to understand what, currently, registered nurses

contribute to addressing these dilemmas as they occur

Methods This is a qualitative study using audio recording of semistructured interview to collect narrative data from participants (Polit

and Beck 2006). A two phased analysis was undertaken firstly a thematic approach was used followed by a narrative

analysis designed to examine the cultural dimensions within the clinical setting (Burns and Grove 2001).

Results This pilot study using a sample of three participants revealed was undertaken to allow the testing of the questions used in the

interviews. This also allowed the researcher to develop the skills required for undertaking data collection using this method.

Three themes emerged from the data:

Authority – Organisational

Nurse – physician relationship

‘Best for the patient’

Discussion incl. Conclusion Participants identified and discussed conflicts that have arisen between the organisational objectives, procedures or protocol

and that which was thought to be ‘best for the patient’. Non of the participant discussed how they had established what was

‘best for the patient’ although this, for participants two and three, become a dominant objective in their accounts

Practical relevance As a researcher this pilot study highlighted the importance of developing the appropriate interviewing skills required for data

collection and appropriate wording of questions to illicit the required data from participants prior to undertaking the main

study.

Research implications The results of the data analysis have identified three key areas identified by registered nurses in relation to ethical dilemmas

where further research would be beneficial

References Burns N & Grove S K (2001) The Practice of Nursing Research; Conduct, Critique and Utilisation Philadelphia: W B

Saunders

Polit D F, Beck C T (2006) Essentials of Nursing Research (6th Edition ) Lippincott Williams & Wilkins

Storch, J. L. (2004) towards a moral horizon. Nursing Ethics for Leadership and Practice, Toronto Pearson.

Department of Health (DOH) (1999) Making a difference. Strengthening the nursing, midwifery and health visiting

contribution to health and healthcare. London Department of Health Publications.

Page 265: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

264

Power Point Presentation .

Page 266: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

265

Page 267: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

266

Page 268: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

267

Page 269: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

268

Page 270: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

269

Page 271: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

270

Page 272: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

271

Page 273: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

272

Page 274: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

273

Page 275: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

274

Page 276: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

275

Appendix 9

Under graduate student research conference Department of Health Sciences

PowerPoint presentation

Page 277: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

276

.

Page 278: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

277

Page 279: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

278

Page 280: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

279

Page 281: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

280

Page 282: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

281

Page 283: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

282

Page 284: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

283

Page 285: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

284

Page 286: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

285

Page 287: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

286

Page 288: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

287

Page 289: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

288

Page 290: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

289

Page 291: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

290

Page 292: University of Huddersfield Repositoryeprints.hud.ac.uk/23633/1/nbarlowfinalthesis.pdf · 2018-03-31 · The University of Huddersfield November 2014. 2 Abstract ... key to resolving

291